Tài liệu ôn thi tiến Anh

1
MÔN TIẾNG ANH
Cách sử dụng tài liệu:

- Cách xem nhanh tài liệu: Rê chuột đến phần cần xem, cụ thể
+ Giữ phím Ctrl đồng thời click trái chuột;
+ Muốn về mục lục dùng tổ hợp: ctrl-home.
- Lưu ý: Không được chỉnh các tiêu đề, vì sẽ thay đổi đường dẫn cách xem tài liệu. Nếu
thay đổi tiêu đề thì phải làm lại đường dẫn mới liên kết được.
Mục lục
I. Tóm tắt lý thuyết, bài tập và các đề ôn luyện:
1. Theories and exercises (Lí thuyết và bài tập) 3
A. PHONETICS 3
SOUNDS 3
STRESS 4
B. GRAMMAR 6
1. Tenses 6
2. Verb forms 9
3. Passive voice 15
4. Relative clauses 21
5. Word forms 28
6. Tag questions 32
7. Subject and verb agreement 33
8. Result clauses 36
9. Phrases and clauses of purpose 37
10. WH questions 39
11. Reported speech 41
12. Enough/ Too ... to inf - Used to – be (get) used to 46
13. Phrasal verbs 51
14. Prepositions 53
15. Articles 59
16. Conjunctions 64
17. Conditional sentences 65
18. The comparison of adjectives and adverbs 68
2. Sample tests (Các đề mẫu tham khảo) 72
1. Practice test 1 72
11. ĐỀ THI TN-2009 105
12. ĐỀ THI TN-2010 109
Tài liệu định hướng ôn tập thi tốt nghiệp THPT môn Tiếng Anh lớp 12- 2011
2
II. Đáp án (KEYS):

A. PHONETICS 112
KEY- SOUNDS
KEY- STRESS
B. GRAMMAR 113
1. Key-Tenses
2. Key-Verb forms
3. Key-Passive voice
4. Key-Relative clauses
5. Key-Word forms
6. Key-Tag questions
7. Key-Subject and verb agreement
8. Key-Result clauses
9. Key-Phrases and clauses of purpose
10. Key-WH questions
11. Key-Reported speech
12. Key-Enough/ Too ... to inf - Used to – be (get) used to
13. Key-Phrasal verbs
14. Key-Prepositions
15. Key-Articles
16. Key-Conjunctions
17. Key-Conditional sentences
18. Key-The comparison of adjectives and adverbs
Sample tests (Các đề mẫu tham khảo) 121

1. Key-Practice test 1
11. Key-ĐỀ THI TN-2009
12. Key-ĐỀ THI TN-2010
3
PART I: THEORIES AND EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS (NGỮ ÂM)
1. SOUNDS
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI : trong trường hợp danh từ số nhiều nhiều hoặc động từ số
ít.
Khi đi sau các phụ âm điếc (voiceless consonants): /f/, /k/, /p/, /t/ ,//,/h/
/s/
Ex: laughs, walks, cups, cats, tenths; books...
Khi đi sau một phụ âm rít : /z/, /s/, /dz/, / t∫/, / ∫ /, /z/. Hoặc các chữ cái: s, x, z,
/ iz / ch, sh, ce, ge.
Ex: washes , kisses , oranges…..
/z / Không thuộc hai loại trên. Ex: bags , kids , days …
Ngọai lệ: bình thường chữ s phát âm /s/, nhưng có những ngoại lệ cần nhớ:
- Chữ s đọc /z /sau các từ :busy, please, easy, present, desire, music, pleasant, desert, choose,
reason, preserve, poison..
-Chữ s đọc /'∫/ sau các từ sugar,sure
Exercise:
1. A. proofs B. books C. points D. days
2. A. asks B. breathes C. breaths D. hopes
3. A. sees B. sports C. pools D. trains
4. A. tombs B. lamps C. brakes D. invites
5. A. books B. floors C. combs D. drums
6. A. cats B. tapes C. rides D. cooks
7. A. walks B. begins C. helps D. cuts
8. A. shoots B. grounds C. concentrates D. forests
9. A. helps B. laughs C. cooks D. finds
10. A. hours B. fathers C. dreams D. thinks
11. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
12. A. arms B. suits C. chairs D. boards
13. A. boxes B. classes C. potatoes D. finishes
14. A. relieves B. invents C. buys D. deals
15. A. dreams B. heals C. kills D. tasks
16. A. resources B. stages C. preserves D. focuses
17. A. carriages B. whistles C. assures D. costumes
18. A. offers B. mounts C. pollens D. swords
19. A. miles B. words C. accidents D. names
20. A. sports B. households C. minds D. Plays
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI : Đây là hình thức Past tensen và Past participle:
1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d : .Ex: wanted; decided

2. “-ed ” pronounced as / t /: sau / k, f, p, s, ∫, t∫, h ,/ hoặc chữ p, k, f, th, s, sh, ch :
Ex: asked; stopped; laughed...
3. “-ed ” pronounced as / d / : Trừ 2 trường hợp trên : Ex: moved; played; raised.
Ngọai lệ: Đuôi -ed trong các tính từ sau được phát âm /id/: aged, learned, beloved, blessed, naked.
Exercise:
1. A. worked B. stopped C. forced D. wanted
2. A. kissed B. helped C. forced D. raised
3. A. confused B. faced C. cried D. defined
4. A. devoted B. suggested C. provided D. wished
5. A. catched B. crashed C. occupied D. coughed
4
6. A. agreed B. missed C. liked D. watched
7. A. measured B. pleased C. distinguished D. managed
8. A. wounded B. routed C. wasted D. risked
9. A. imprisoned B. pointed C. shouted D. surrounded
10. A. a.failed B. reached C. absored D. solved
11. A. invited B. attended C. celebrated D. díplayed
12. A removed B. washed C. hoped D. missed
13. A. looked B. laughed C. moved D.stepped
14. A. wanted B.parked C. stopped D.watched
15. A. laughed B. passed C. suggested D. placed
16. A.believed B. prepared C. involved D. liked
17. A.lifted B. lasted C. happened D. decided
18. A. collected B. changed C. formed D. viewed
19. A. walked B. entertained C. reached D. looked
20. A.admired B. looked C. missed D. hoped
BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC NGUYÊN ÂM VÀ CÁC PHỤ ÂM KHÁC:

1. A. heat B. scream C. meat D. dead
2. A. breakfast B. teacher C. east D. please
3. A. thrilling B. other C. through D. something
4. A. idea B. going C. will D. trip
5. A. face B. place C. prepared D. days
6. A. Germany B. garden C. gate D. gas
7. A. scholarship B. Christ C. school D. chicken
8. A. house B. harm C. hour D. husband
9. A. hundred B. exhausted C. however D. heat
10. A. head B. ready C. mean D. weather
11. A. choir B. cheap C. child D. chair
12. A. charge B. child C. teacher D. champagne
13. A. reason B. clear C. mean D. each
14. A. motion B. question C. mention D. fiction
15. A. gather B. good C. large D. again
16. A. change B. children C. machine D. church
17. A. write B. writer C. writing D. written
18. A. share B. rare C. are D. declare
19. A. apply B. university C. identity D. early
20. A. choice B. achieve C. each D. chemistry
2. STRESS - Một số quy tắc cơ bản để nhận biết trọng âm:

1/ Trọng âm thường ít rơi vào các tiền tố (prefix) và hậu tố (suffix):
 ví dụ: dislike, unhappy, uncertain, disappointed, unashamed, forefather. ...
* Ngoại lệ: 'foresight , 'forecast , 'unkeep , 'upland , 'surname , 'subway ....
Dưới đây là vài hậu tố không thay đổi dấu nhấn của từ gốc
V + ment: ag'ree (thoả thuận) =>ag'reement V + al: ap'prove (chấp thuận) => ap'proval
V + ance: re'sist (chống cự) =>re'sistance (sự V + y: de'liver (giao hàng)=> de'livery (sự giao
chống cự) hàng).
V + er: em'ploy (thuê làm) => em'ployer (chủ V + age: pack (đóng gói) => 'package (bưu kiện)
lao động) V + ing: under'stand (hiểu) => under'standing
V + or: in'vent (phát minh) => in'ventor adj + ness: 'bitter (đắng) => 'bitterness (nỗi cay
V + ar: beg (van xin) => 'beggar (người ăn xin) đắng)
2/ Nói chung, trọng âm thường rơi vào nguyên âm kép hoặc dài, ít rơi vào nguyên âm ngắn
như /∂/ hay /i/
5
* EX:a'bandon , 'pleasure , a'ttract , co'rrect , per'fect , in'side , 'sorry , 'rather , pro'duct , for'get
, de'sign , en'joy.
3/ Một từ hai vần vừa là động từ vừa là danh từ thì:

Động từ : trọng âm thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ 2.
Danh từ : trọng âm thường rơi vào âm tiết thứ 1.
EX: 'rebell(n), re'bell(v), export, import, increase, object, perfect, permit, present, produce, record,
refuse...
* Ngoại lệ : 'promise (n), (v)...
4/ Trọng âm thường rơi vào trước các hậu tố (suffixes) sau đây một vần : -ION, -IC, -IAL ,
-ICAL, -UAL, -ITY, -IA, -LOGY, -IAN, -IOUS, -EOUS , -IENCE, -IENT, -GRAPHY ,
-NOMY , -METRY.
EX: 'vision, uni'versity, phy'sician, li'brarian, Ca'nadian, Au'stralian, ex'perience,
im'patience, edu'cation, a'bility, elec'tricity, bi'ology, psy'chology, Au'stralia, 'Austria, 'Asia,
ge'ography, pho'tography, e'ssential, ha'bitual, me'chanical, mathe'matical, po'litical,
de'licious, pho'netics, scien'tific, ge'ometry, a'stronomy...
Ngoại Trừ (exceptions): 'lunatic, a'rithmetic, 'politics, 'Arabic, 'television...
5) Trọng âm rơi vào các vần cuối sau đây: -ADE, -OO, -OON, -EE, -EEN, -EER, -ESE,
-AIRE, -SELF, -ETTE, -ESQUE . Ex: bamboo, millionaire, engineer, themselves, saloon,
balloon, thirteen, Vietnamese, employee, agree, picturesque, Cartoon, guarantee, kangaroo,
typhoon...
*Ngoại lệ : 'centigrade , 'coffee , co'mmittee , 'cukoo , 'teaspoon…
Exercise:
1. a. pollute B. contractual C. reject D. marvellous
2. A. mechanic B. military C. apologize D. miraculous
3. A. compulsory B. intensity C. kidding D. invaluable
4. A. nursery B. focus C. delicate D. secure
5. A. curriculum B. kindergarten C. contaminate D. conventional
6. A. apology B. industrial C. industry D. disaster
7. A. interview B. certificate C. applicant D. primary
8. A. certificate B. apartment C. individual D. biology
9. A. scientific B. availlable C. suspicious D. supportive
10. A. especially B. comfortably C. carefully D. possibly
11. A. importance B. subtraction C. algebra D. example
12. A. aspect B. careful C. require D. successful
13. A. terrific B. applicant C. banking D. ignorant
14. A. recognize B. challenge C. symbolize D. continue
15. A. continent B. belong C. master D. access
16. A. appalling B. ashamed C. November D. architect
17. A. policeman B. cinema C. overcoat D. politics
18. A. competition B. intelligent C. automation D. information
19. A. accountant B. Arabic C. Germany D. chemistry
20. A. Attention B. interesting C. influence D. television
6
GRAMMAR
1. Tenses
1. The Simple Present (Thì hiện tại đơn)
a. Form : ( Công thức )
- Khẳng định : I , We , You , They … ( S nhiều ) + V1
He , She , It ( S ít ) + V- s / es
- Phủ định : I , We , You , They .. + don't + Vo
He , She , It … + doesn't + Vo
- Nghi vấn : Do + We , You , They .. + Vo … ?
Does + He , She , It … + Vo … ?
b. Usage (Cách dùng ) :
- Diễn tả một chân lí, một sự thật hiển nhiên.
Ex : The Earth goes round the sun . - He is a doctor.
- Tom comes from England.
- Diễn tả 1 thói quen hoặc 1 việc xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại (để nhận biết, câu thường có:
always, often, usually, sometimes, now and then, seldom, rarely, never, every ..... )
Ex : He often goes to class late . / My mother gets up early every morning.
Note : Thêm – es vào sau những động từ tận cùng : o , s , x ,z ,sh , ch.
2 . The Present Continuous (Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn)
a. Form : - Khẳng định : S + am / is / are + V –ing
- Phủ định : S + am / is / are ( not ) + V -ing
- Nghi vấn : Are / Is + S + V-ing …. ?
Ex: We are studying English now .
b. Usage ( Cách dùng) :
- Diễn tả một hành động đang tiếp diễn ở thời điểm nói (ở hiện tại)
* Dấu hiệu nhận biết : now , right now = at once , at ( the / this / present ) time, at the
moment, ra lệnh ( Look ! Listen ! ) Ex : - She is listening to his teacher now
- Diễn tả 1 hành động sẽ xảy ra ở tương lai (có kế hoạch từ trước)
Ex : She is getting married next year.
Note :* Be going to +Vo dùng để diễn tả 1 hành động sắp xảy ra mà hiện tượng của nó đã xuất
hiện hoặc 1 hành động tương lai có dự định trước.
Ex: The grey dark appears. It is going to rain.
3 . The Present Perfect (Thì hiện tại hòan thành)
a. Form : - Khẳng định : S + has / have + V3 , ed
- Phủ định : S + has / have ( not ) V3 , ed
- Nghi vấn : Has / Have + S + V3 , ed?
b. Usage (Cách dùng ):
* Diễn tả một hành động vừa mới xảy ra hoặc xảy ra không rõ thời gian (thường đi kèm với các từ
just, recently = lately, not .. yet, ever, never, aleady )
Ex : We haven’t finished our homework yet .
* Diễn tả 1 hành động bắt đầu từ quá khứ kéo dài đến hiện tại có khả năng tiếp tục ở tương lai
(thường đi với các từ since , for)
Ex : - They have lived here for ten years .
* Ngòai ra còn có một số cụm từ chỉ thời gian như : so far = until now = up to now ,how long .. ?
It is the first / second / third … time, twice / many / three…. times.
Note : For ( many, several, 2, 3 / . + times, years, months or a long time = ages ) # since ( last
week .. )
4. The Simple Past (Thì quá khứ đơn )
a. Form : - Khẳng định : S + V2, ed … ( To be : was / were )
- Phủ định : S + did not Vo ….
- Nghi vấn : Did + S + Vo ….. ?
7
b. Usage : Diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra, chấm dứt trong quá khứ ( đôi khi biết rõ thời
gian ) thường có các từ đi kèm : yesterday ,ago , last ( week /night … ) , in 1990 ( thời gian ở quá
khứ )
5 . The Past Continuous (Thì quá khứ tiếp diễn )
a. Form : S + was / were + V - ing
Ex: We were studying Maths at this time yesterday.
b. Usage :
- Diễn tả một hành động đang xảy ra vào 1 thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ .
Ex : - What were you doing at 4 p.m yesterday?
- Diễn tả 1 hành động đang xảy ra vào 1 thời điểm xác định ở quá khứ hoặc 1 hành động đang
xảy ra ( hành động này kéo dài hơn ) thì có hành động khác xen vào .
Ex: a. What were you doing at 4 p.m yesterday?
b. We were watching television when he came
- Diễn tả 2 hành động đang xảy ra cùng lúc ở quá khứ .
Ex: Yesterday , while I was reading a book , my sister was watching T.V .
* Dấu hiệu nhận biết : at ( the / this / that ) time, at the moment, at 4p.m + thời gian ở quá
khứ ( yesterday, last .. )
Ex : He was watching film at the moment yesterday.
6 . The Past perfect (Thì quá khứ hòan thành )
a. Form : S + had V3 , ed
b. Usage : Diễn tả một hành động xảy ra trước 1 hành động khác trong quá khứ hoặc trước
1 thời điểm ở quá khứ .
Ex : When I got up this morning, my mother had already left .
* Dấu hiệu nhận biết : before , after
7 . The simple future : (Thì tương lai đơn )
a. Form : S + shall / will Vo
b. Usage : Diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra ở tương lai : tomorrow , next ( week / month ) … , in 2020
8. The Perfect Future : ( Tương lai hòan thành )
Form S + will have V 3,ed
Dấu hiệu nhận biết : By the end of ….
Ex : By the end of this year, I will have had a new bike.
Note : Sau when , while , before , after , until, by the time, as , as soon as, if ………. không dùng
thì tương lai mà chỉ dùng thì hiện tại đơn .
Ex : She will phone her parents when she comes here next week.
EXERCISES: I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.

1. She (not work)…………………., she (swim) ……………….in the river.
2. Why Ann (not wear) ………………..her new dress?
3. You can't see Tom now: he (have) ………………..a bath.
4. He usually (drink) ………. coffee but today he (drink) ……………..tea.
5. – What she (do) …………..in the evenings?
– She usually (play) ……………cards or (watch)……………… TV.
6. She (stand) …..at the bus stop. I asked her what bus she (wait) ……. for.
7. When I arrived , the lecture had already started and the professor (write) ……………. on the
overhead projector.
8. I didn't want to meet Paul , so when he entered the room I (leave) ……….
9. He (watch) ……………… TV when the phone rang. Very unwillingly he (turn) …………..
down the sound and (go) ……………… to answer it.
10. – This is my house.
– How long you (live)…………………… here?
– I (live) …………………here since 1970.
11. He (live) ……. in London for two years and then (go) …. to Edinburgh.
12. I (not see) ………………… him for three years. I wonder where he is.
8
13. I can't go out because I (not finish) ……………… my work.
14. Here are your shoes; I just (clean) ……………………. them.
15. You (have) ……. breakfast yet? – Yes, I (have) …………… it at 8.00.
16. – You (be) ……………… here before?
– Yes, I (spend) ……………. my holidays here last year.
– You (have) …………………. a good time?
– No, it never (stop) …………………. raining.
17. – Where you (go) …… for your holidays this year? – I (go)… to Holland.
18. They (get) ………………… married next week.
19. – You (do) …. anything tonight? – Yes, I (go) … to my carpentry class.
20. Look at those clouds. It (rain)…………………...
21. You (have) …………………. time to help me tomorrow?
22. – Did you remember to book seats? – Oh no, I forgot. I (telephone) ……………. for them now.
23. – He has just been taken to hospital with a broken leg.
– I'm sorry to hear that. I (send) ……………… him some grapes.
24. I've hired a typewriter and I (learn) …………………. to type.
25. I see that you have got a loom. You (do) ………….. some weaving?
II. Multiple choices
1. She................Hanoi last year.
A. went B. go C. goes D. is going
2. Now you ..................from New York to Los Angeles in a matter of hours.
A. are flying B. would fly C. will fly D. can fly
3. When Carol....................last night, I................my favorite show on television.
A. was calling- watched B. called- have watched
C. called- was watching D. had called- watched
4. By the time next summer, you....................your studies.
A. completes B. will complete
C. are completing D. will have completed
5. Right now, Jim.................the newspaper and Kathy...............dinner.
A. reads- has cooked B. is reading- is cooking
C. has read- was cooking D. read- will be cooking
6. Last night at this time, they.....................the same thing. She.............and he..........the newspaper.
A. are doing- is cooking- is reading B. were doing- was cooking- was reading
C. was doing- has cooked- is reading D. had done- was cooking- read
7. – Hurry up! We’re waiting for you. What’s taking you so long? – I …………….. for an
important phone call. Go ahead and leave without me.
a. wait b. will wait c. am waiting d. have waited
8. – Robert is going to be famous someday. He ……………. in three movies already. – I’m sure
he’ll be a star.
a. has been appearing b. has appeared c. had appeared d. appeared
9. – Hello? Alice? This is Jeff. How are you? – Jeff? What a coincidence! I ………….. about you
when the phone rang.
a. was just thinking b. just thought
c. have just been thinking d. was just thought
10. – What …….. about the new simplified tax law? – It’s more confusing than the old one.
a. are you thinking b. do you think
c. have you thought d. have you been thinking
11. – Why did you buy all this sugar and chocolate?
– I ……………. a delicious dessert for dinner tonight.
a. make b. will make c. am going to make d. will have made
12. – Let’s go! What’s taking you so long? – I’ll be there as soon as I …… my keys.
a. found b. will find c. find d. am finding
13. While I ………………. TV last night, a mouse ran across the floor.
9
a. watch b. watched c. was watching d. am watching
14. The earth ……………… on the sun for its heat and light.
a. is depend b. depending c. has depend d. depends
15. I don’t feel good. I ……………… home from work tomorrow.
a. am staying b. stay c. will have stayed d. stayed
16. I’ve been in this city for a long time. I …………….. here sixteen years ago.
a. have come b. was coming c. came d. had come
17. – May I speak to Dr. Paine, please?
– I’m sorry, he ………….. a patient at the moment. Can I help you?
a. is seeing b. sees c. has been seeing d. was seeing
18. – Paul, could you please turn off the stove? The potatoes …….. for at least 30 minutes.
a. are boiling b. have been boiling c. boiling d. were boiling
19. My family loves this house. It …………….the family home ever since my grandfather built it
60 years ago.
a. was b. has been c. is d. will be
20. I know you feel bad now, Tommy, but try to put it out of your mind. By the time you’re an
adult, you ……………….. all about it.
a. forget b. will have forgotten c. will forget d. forgot
21. The little girl started to cry. She ……….. her doll, and no one was able to find it for her.
a. has lost b. had lost c. was losing d. was lost
22. I..................much of you lately. We..........................three months ago
A. haven’t seen- last meet B. didn’t see- met
C. haven’t seen- have meet D. didn’t see- have met
23. The Chinese................spaghetti dishes for a long time before Marco Polo................back to Italy
A. made- brought B. have made- brought
C. made- had brought D. had been making- brought
24. When I arrived at the meeting the first speaker.................speaking and the audience...................
A. just finished- were clapping B. had just finished- had clapped
C. had just finished- were clapping D. just finished- had clapped
25. He.............................his job last month and then he..................out of work
A. lost- was B. was lost- had been
C. has lost- was D. lost- has been
26. Jane’s eyes burned and her shoulders ached. She ……………. at the computer for five straight
hours. Finally, she took a break.
a. is sitting b. has been sitting c. was sitting d. had been sitting
27. In the last hundred years, travelling.......................much easier and more comfortable
A. become B. has become C. became D. will became
28. In the 19th century, it.............two or three months to across North America by covered wagon
A. took B. had taken C. had been taken D. was taking
29. Sam..............to change a light bulb when he................and.........................
A. was trying -slipped- fell B. tried- was slipping- falling
C. had been trying- slipped- was falling D. has tried- slips- falls
30. In the past, the trip...................very rough and often dangerous, but things..........a great deal in
the last hundred and fifty years
A. was- have changed B. is- change
C. had been- will change D. has been- changed
2. Verb forms
 Để dễ nhớ, ta chia hình thức động từ loại động từ :

+ Bare infinitive(động từ nguyên mẫu không To) ---->Vo
+ To infinitive (động từ nguyên mẫu có To) ----> V1
+ Simple past( qúa khứ đơn) Vo-ED/ V2 ----> V2
10
+ Past participle: qúa khứ phân từ : V3/ Vo-ED ---> V3
+ Present participle Hiện tại phân tư :Vo+ing ---> V4
( chức năng như tính từ hay dùng trong thì tiếp diễn)
+ Gerund Danh động từ:(Vo+ing)
(chức năng như danh từ hoặc động từ)----> V4
* Động từ chia theo ý nghĩa có động từ đặc biệt và động từ thường, chia theo dạng có 3
dạng chính như sau:
Bare infinitive (V0)
Infinitive :
To infinitive (V1)
Gerund (V0 + ing )
Past Participle  Vo ed/V3 ( V3 )
Participle :
Present Participle - Vo + ing(V4 )
I. Bare infinitive : (bare) động từ nguyên mẫu khơng to
1. Sau modal verbs ( động từ khiếm khuyết )

2. Sau auxilary verbs : do, does, did.
3. Sau make, let, help ( sau help có thể có To inf ).
Passive voice  dùng to inf theo sau. Trừ let
4. Sau động từ chỉ giác quan:(verbs of perception ) : see, hear, smell, feel, taste, watch,
notice …
Vo ( bare )  hành động đã xong
S + V + object
Vo ( ing )  hành động đang diễn ra
5. Sau had better ( tốt hơn ) would rather ( thà thì hơn ), had sooner.
6. Sau thành ngữ : to do nothing but + Vo ( bare ) : không làm gì cả mà chỉ.
Can not but + Vo(bare): không còn cách nào khác.
7. Causative form (Thể sai khiến):
S + have + object ( chỉ người ) + Vo (bare).
8. Simple present tense : I, you, we, they +Vo (bare).
9. Bắt đầu câu mệnh lệnh: ( imprative )
II. To infinitive (V1) động từ nguyên mẫu có To)
1. Làm subject  V(sing) (review formal subject)
2. Làm object of verb : S + V + to inf (as an object )
3. Làm bổ ngữ cho tân ngữ ( object complement ) ;
S + V + obj + to infinitive
4. Làm adjective  rút gọn adjective clause ( relative clause ) đứng sau danh từ 
review how to reduce relative clause.
5. Làm adverb  rút gọn : adverbbial clause of result : đứng sau adj
Rút gọn: adverbial clause of purpose: chỉ mục đích
5a. Rút gọn clause of result theo công thức sau ( phrase of result )
S + V + too adj/adv ( for object )+ to inf
S + V + adj/adv enough (for object )+to inf
5b. Rút gọn : clause of purpose theo mẫu sau ( phrase of purpose )
to inf
S+V+ in order for object to inf
so as to inf
6. It + take+ (object) + time + to inf
7. Causative form: S+ get + object ( chỉ người ) + to inf
8. Sau một số động từ sau đây:
11
8.a Những động từ sau đây, theo sau là to infinitive : S + V + to inf
1. afford : cung cấp đủ 21. manage : xoay xở
2. agree : đồng ý 22. mean : muốn
3. appear : có vẻ 23. need : cần ( chủ động, người )
4. arrange : sắp xếp 24. offer : mời
5. ask : hỏi 25. plan : dự định, kế hoạch
6. attempt : cố gắng 26. prepare : chuẩn bị
7. beg : đề nghị, xin 27. pretend : giả vờ
8. care : quan tâm 28. promise : hứa
9. claim : cho là, tuyên bố 29. refuse : từ chối
10. consent : đồng ý, tán thành 30. regret : tiếc ( tương lai )
11. decide : quyết định 31. remember : nhớ (tương lai )
12. demand : yêu cầu 32. seem : dường như
13. deserve : xứng đáng 33. struggle : đấu tranh, cố gắng
14. expect : trông đợi 34. swear : thề
15. dare : dám 35. threaten : dọa
16. fail : thất bại 36. tend : có khuynh hướng
17. forget : quên ( tương lai ) 37. volunteer : tình nguyện, xung phong
18. hesitate : ngập ngừng 38. wait : đợi
19. hope : hy vọng 39. want : muốn ( chủ động )
20. learn : học 40. wish : ao ước
8.b Những động từ sau đây, theo sau là Obj + to inf: S + V + objective + to inf
1. advise : khuyên 23. require : yêu cầu

2. allow: cho phép 24. recommend : khuyên
3. ask : hỏi, đòi hỏi 25. teach : dạy
4. beg : năn nỉ, xin 26. tell : bảo
5. cause : gây ra 27. urge : thúc giục, thuyết phục
6. challenge : thách thức, thách đố 28. want : muốn
7. convince : thuyết phục 29. warn : cảnh báo
8. dare : dám 30. help : giúp đỡ
9. encourage :khuyến khích 31. would like : thích
10. expect : trông đợi 32. would prefer : thích
11. forbid : cấm 33. appoint : chỉ định ai làm gì
12. force : bắt buộc 34. charge : giao nhiệm vụ
13. hire : thuê, mướn 35. choose : lựa chọn
14. instruct : chỉ dẫn 36. compel : cưỡng bách
15. invite : mời 37. defy : thách
16. need : cần 38. desire : ao ước, thèm thuồng
17. tempt : cám dỗ 39. direct : hướng dẫn, chỉ huy
18. intend : dự định 40. implore : yêu cầu
19. order : ra lệnh 41. provoke : xúi giục
20. permit : cho phép 42. Teach, explain, know, understand, discover,
21. persuade : thuyết phục consider, think, believe + how + to inf :Chỉ cách
22. remind : nhắc lại thức
III. Gerund : Danh động từ:

A. Gerund as a noun ( subj , obj, complement & appositive)
1. Làm chủ ngữ  V(sing)  ( real subject & informal subject ).

2. Làm tân ngữ
Object of verb : S + V + V- ing ( gerund ).
12
Object of preposition  sau preposition + V-ing.
3. Làm subject complement:
Ex: My hobby is swimming ( gerund )
4. Làm appositive (ngữ đồng vị )
Ex: My hobby, swimming makes me healthy.
5. Đứng sau thành ngữ : it is no use, it is no good :
there is no use, there is no good: vô ích
can’t stand / bear / help : không thể chịu được
6. Sau hai tính từ : busy, worth
7. Thành lập noun compound ( danh từ kép )
N + gerund child bearing
Gerund + N  flying machine
B. Gerund as a verb : có object hoặc được bổ nghĩa bởi một trạng từ
1. admit : thừa nhận 26. hate : ghét
2. advise : khuyên ( không object ) 27. mention : nhắc tới, nĩi tới
3. anticipate : tham gia 28. mind : phiền
4. appreciate : đánh giá cao 29. miss : nhớ, lỡ, mất
5. avoid : tránh 30. postpone : đình, hõan.
6. complete : hòan thành 31. prevent : ngăn cản
7. consider : xem xét 32. practise : luyện tập
8. delay : trì hõan 33. recall : gợi lại, nhớ lại.
9. dread : sợ 34. recollect : gợi lại.
10. detest : ghét 35. recommend : khuyên, dặn dò.
11. discuss : thảo luận 36. regret : tiếc nuối ( quá khứ )
12. dislike : không thích 37. remember : nhớ ( qúa khứ )
13. deny : từ chối 38. resent : tức giận, phật ý.
14. enjoy : thưởng thức 39. resist : cưỡng lại, phản kháng.
15. excuse : xin lỗi 40. risk : liều lĩnh.
16. finish : hoàn thành 41. stop : ngừng, từ bỏ.
17. forget : quên ( qúa khứ ) 42. start : ( hoặc To inf )
18. forgive : tha thứ 43. suggest : đề nghị
19. fancy : tưởng tượng 44. tolerate : bỏ qua
20. imagine : tưởng tượng 45. understand : hiểu
21. involve : làm liên lụy 46. restrict : hạn chế, giảm bớt, ngăn ngừa.
22. include : bao gồm * can’t bear, can’t stand, can’t help
23. keep : tiếp tục * it is no use, it is no good, there is no use .
24. love : ( hoặc To inf) * look forward to
25. like : thích * busy, worth
IV. Past participle : quá khứ phân từ – VoED/V3

1. Thêm trợ từ have+Vo-ED/V3 ( past participle ) perfect tense
2.Thêm trợ từ Be +VoED/V3(past participle) passive voice.
3. Làm chức năng như adjective  passive meaning  có thể rút gọn mệnh đề tính từ.
(adjective clauses or relative clauses )
+ Có thể rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian.
+ Có thể rút gọn câu khi một chủ ngữ thực hiện hai hành động.
4. Thành lập adjective compound: tính từ kép
N  man – made
Adj + V ( PP – VoED/V3 )  new – born
Adv  well – known
6. Thêm “the” để thành lập danh từ tập hợp  V(plural )
educated(adj) the educated:những người có giáo dục.
13
7. Thành lập causative form : thể truyền khuyến
S +have/get +object (chỉ vật)+ V ( PP – Vo ED/V3 )
V. Present participle ( Vo + ing) hiện tại phân từ.

1. Thêm trợ từ Be + Vo-ing để thành lập thì continuous tense.
2. Làm tính từ ® mang nghĩa chủ động ( active meaning )
® có thể rút gọn mệnh đề tính từ ( adjective clause or relative clause )
® có thể rút gọn mệnh đề trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian, nhượng bộ, lý do và điều kiện .
® một chủ ngữ thực hiện 2 hành động có thể dùng present participle để rút gọn.
3. Thêm mạo từ “the” để thành lập danh từ tập hợp :
Ex: to live ® the living : những người đang sống.
4. Thành lập tính từ kép ( adjective compound ).
N ® peace – loving
Adj Vo + ing ® good – loking
Adv ® hard - working
VI. Vo + ing or to infinitive
1. Recommend, begin, start, continue + To inf /Vo – ing
2. Forget, remember, regret: +to inf ® chỉ tương lai
+Vo – ing ® chỉ quá khứ

3. Stop to infinitive ® ngừng việc đang làm để làm việc khác.
Vo – ing : ® ngừng việc đang làm
4. Try to infinitive : cố gắng

Vo – ing : thử
5. Need, want, require
To inf : mang nghĩa chủ động
Vo+ ing : mang nghĩa bị động (need: tobe + V (PP)
6. Would you mind + Vo- ing?
Would you mind if + S + past Subjunctive …?
7. Advise, allow, permit obj + to infi
 + Vo- ing
8. Prefer: + V-ing to V-ing:thích cái gì hơn cái gì
+ to infinitive: thích cái gì đó
9. Feel like + Vo ing: thích cái gì đó
EXERCISES:
I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form (gerund , infinitive, participle).
1. I caught him (climb) _____ over my wall. I asked him (explain) _____ but he refused (say)
_____ anything, so in the end I had (let) _____ him (go) _____.
2. When at last I succeeded in (convince) _____ him that I wanted (get) _____ home quickly he
put his foot on the accelerator and I felt the car (leap) _____ forward.
3. I'm not used to (drive) _____on the left.
When you see everyone else (do)____ it you'll find it quite easy (do) _____yourself.
4. It is pleasant (sit) _____by the fire at night and (hear) _____the wind (howl) _____outside.
5. There was no way of (get) _____out of the building except by (climb) _____down a rope and
Ann was too terrified (do) _____this.
6. We heard the engines (roar) _____as the plane began (move) _____ and we saw the people on
the ground (wave) _____good-bye.
7. It's no good (write) _____ to him; he never answers letters. The only thing (do) _____ is
(go)_____ and (see) _____him.
8. Why did you go all round the field instead of (walk) _____ across it?
14
I didn't like (cross) _____it because of the bull. I never see a bull without (think) _____that it
wants (chase) _____ me.
9. The people in the flat below seem (be) _____ having a party. You can hear the champagne
corks (thud)_____ against their ceiling.
10. I don't like (get) _____bills but when I do get them I like (pay) _____them promptly.
11. Ask him (come) _____in. Don't keep him (stand) _____at the door.
12. The boys next door used (like) _____(make) _____ and (fly) _____ model aero planes, but
they seem to have stopped (do) _____ that now.
13. I knew I wasn't the first (arrive)_____, for I saw smoke (rise) _____from the chimney.
14. We watched the men (saw) _____the tree and as we were walking away heard it (fall)
_____with a tremendous crash.
15. I hate (see) _____a child (cry) _____.
16. We watched the children (jump) _____from a window and (fall) _____into a blanket held by
the people below.
17. It is very unpleasant (wake) _____ up and (hear) _____ the rain (beat) _____on the windows.
18. He saw the lorry (begin) _____ (roll) _____ forwards but he was too far away (do) _____
anything (stop) _____it.
19. There are people who can't help (laugh) _____when they see someone (slip) _____on a banana
skin.
20. I prefer (drive) _____ to (be driven) _____.

1. All the passengers were made ________ their seat belts during the turbulence.
a. buckle b. to buckle c. buckling d. for buckling.
2. ________ good ice cream, you need to use a lot of cream.
a. Make b. Making c. To make d. For make
3. I got my friend ________ her car for the weekend.
a. to let me to borrow b. to let me borrow
c. let me borrow d. let me to borrow
4. How can you let such a silly incident ________ your friendship?
a. wreck b. to wreck c. wrecking d. that wrecks
5. ‘How about going to the theater?' 'OK,' but I would rather ______ a concert.'
a. attend b. to attend c. attending d. have attended
6. The skiers would rather ________ through the mountains than go by bus.
a. to travel on train b. traveled by train
c. travel by train d. traveling by the train
7. If we leave now for our trip, we can drive half the distance before we stop ___ lunch.
a. having b. to have c. having had d. for having
8. The examiner made us ___ our identification in order to be admitted to the test center.
a. show b. showing c. to show d. showed
9. As we entered the room, we saw a rat ________ towards a hole in the skirting board.
a. scamper b. to scamper c. scampering d. was scampering
10. I remember ________ to Paris when I was a very small child.
a. to be taken b. to take c. being taken d. taking
11. My parents wouldn't _______ to the party.
a. allow me go b. allow me to go c. allow me going d. allow to go
12. We are going to have my house _______ tomorrow morning.
a. paint b. painting c. painted d. to be painted
13. We hope that the students themselves will enjoy ______ part in the projects.
a. to take b. taking c. to be taken d. being taken
14. Sally's low test scores kept her from _______ to the university.
a. admitting b. to admit c. to be admitted d. being admitted
15. Are you sure you told me about the party? I don't recall _______ about it.
15
a. having told b. to have told c. having been told d. to have been told
16. I meant to get up early but I forgot _______ up my alarm clock.
a. wind b. to wind c. wind d. wound
17. Look at the state of the gate. It needs ________ as soon as possible.
a. to repair b. repairing c. being repaired d. be repaired
18. Alice didn't expect ________ to Bill's party.
a. asking b. being asked c. to ask d. to be asked
19. We asked ________ the piano so early in the morning, but she won't.
a. Marie to stop playing b. Marie stop to play
c. that Marie stops playing d. Marie to stop to play
20. A good teacher makes her students ________ the world from new perspectives.
a. to view b. view c. to be viewed d. viewing
3. Passive voice
I. Form:
Active: S + V + O + …….
Passive: S + be + V3/ed + (by O) + ……
Ex: Active: She arranges the books on the shelves every weekend.
S V O
Passive: The books are arranged on the shelves (by her) every weekend.
S be V3/ed by O
II. CÁCH ĐỔI ACTIVE VOICE SANG PASSIVE VOICE:

Ex: Active sentence: Peter took this book yesterday
Passive sentence: This book was taken by Peter yesterday
Trong câu chủ động:
- Peter → Subj ; took → động từ chính (Past simple)
- this book → Obj; yesterday → trạng từ chỉ thời gian
Trong câu bi động:
- Obj ( this book) → Subj ; Subj ( Peter) →by Obj
- took (động từ chính) → taken (V3 / VoED - Past participle)
- thêm was vì động từ chính (took) đang chia thì Past simple
A. Tổng quát:
A. Tổng quát: active sentence: Subject + V + Obj
Passive sentence: Subject + BE + V3 / VoED (động từ chính) + by Obj
1- Chuyển: Obj ---> Subj; Subj ----> by Obj (Có thể bỏ nếu by Obj không cần thiết)
2-Thêm BE và chia thì tương ứng với thì câu chủ động.
Nghĩa là: Động từ chính của câu chủ động ở thì nào thì “ To Be” phải chia ở thì đó). Như vậy:
trong câu bị động “ To Be” có vai trò chia thì, Động từ chính có chức năng như một tính từ mang
nghĩa bị động (không chia thì)
3- Chuyển động từ chính sang ---> V3 hoặc Vo ED.
B. Cụ thể như sau:
1. Xác định Subj, Obj, Verb của câu chủ động (trong động từ phải xác định cho được thì và động từ
chính của câu chủ động)
2. Chuyển: Obj ---> Subj; Subj ----> by Obj (Có thể bỏ by him/them/me/you/people/ someone :
nếu không cần thiết).
- Nếu Subj của câu chủ động là danh từ chỉ vật liệu, dụng cụ ---> câu bị động thay by bằng with +
Obj.
Ex: Moss is covering this wall. ---> This wall is being covered with moss.
16
- Nếu Subj của câu chủ động là: nothing, no one, nobody ---> câu bị động bỏ by Obj và ở thể
phủ định.
Ex: No one helps me ---> I am not helped.
3. Chuyển động từ chính sang ---> V3 hoặc Vo ED.
(Động từ chính có chức năng như một tính từ mang nghĩa bị động-không chia thì)
4. Thêm BE và chia tương ứng với thì của câu chủ động (Động từ chính của câu chủ động ở thì nào
thì To be phải chia ở thì đó )
5. Giữ lại động từ khiếm khuyết (Modal verb) trong câu bị động nếu có.
Will/ would, shall/ should, can/ could, may/might must, have to, be going to, used to, ...
Active: S+ will/would, shall/ should...+ Vo + object
→Passive: S + will/would, shall/should... + be + V3 / Vo ED (+ by object).
Ex: Police will destroy these drugs. → These drugs will be destroyed by police.
6. Đặt trạng từ chỉ thể cách (adj + ly) trước Past Participle (V3 / Vo ED) nếu có.
Ex: People use English widely → English is widely used
7. Giữ nguyên giới từ sau Past Participle (V3 / Vo ED) nếu có.
8. Đặt trạng từ chỉ nơi chốn trước BY, trạng từ chỉ thời gian sau BY nếu có. Place + by Obj + Time
Ex: Mr Pike built this school in my village last year.
→ This school was built in my village by Mr Pike last year
9. Past Participle (V3 / Vo ED) as an Adjective, do đó động từ theo sau hầu hết là To infinitive.
Ex: She makes me cry. → I am made to cry.
III. NHỮNG TRƯỜNG HỢP PASSIVE VOICE ĐẶC BIỆT:

1-Causative form (thể truyền khuyến):
a/ Active voice: -S + Have + Obj(chỉ người) + Vo.
Ex: I have him repair my bicycle.
-S + Get + Obj (chỉ người) + to infi.
Ex: I get him to repair my bicycle.
b/ Passive voice: -S + Have/Get + Obj (chỉ vật) + V3 / Vo ED.
Ex: I have/get my bicycle repaired by him.
2. Sau những động từ chỉ ý kiến (verb of opinion): say, think , believe, report, rumour, know,
consider, claim...
Active: S1+ verb1 ( say/ believe/ think....) (that) +S2+ verb2...
Passive:
Cách 1: It + be + V3 / Vo ED (verb1) + S2 + verb 2 ....
Cách 2: S2 + be + V3 / Vo ED (verb1) + to-infinitive (verb 2) /
+ to have + V3 / Vo ED (verb 2) nếu V1 khác thì V2
Ex: People say that he was crazy.
→ Cách 1: It is said that he was crazy. Or
→ Cách 2: He is said to have been crazy. ( to have been vì say và was khác thì).
Ex: People say that money brings happiness.
→ Cách 1: It is said that money brings happiness.
→ Cách 2: Money is said to bring happiness.( Dùng to bring vì say và bring cùng thì)
3. Sau những động từ chỉ giác quan(verb of perception): see, hear, smell, feel, taste, watch, notice,
make, help, bid.
Ex: I hear him come in ---> He is heard to come in (nếu câu chủ động là coming thì giữ nguyên
trong câu bị động).
4. Imperative(câu mệnh lệnh):
Ex: a. Open the door ---> Let the door be opened.
b. They let him go out ---> He was allowed to go out / He was let to go out.
5. Sau những động từ: like, hate, love, want, wish, prefer, hope.
17
Ex: He wants KHA to take photographs→ He wants photographs to be taken by KHA.
Ex: He does not like people laughing at him. --> He does not like being laughed at.
6. Các động từ: advise, agree, insist, arrange, suggest, propose, recommend, determine, decide,
demand, beg, urge, order, request.
Ex: He advised me to accept this job
→ Cách 1: He advised me this job should be accepted.
→ Cách 2: I was advised to accept this job.
7- Need + to be + V3 / Vo ED = Need + Voing

Ex: Your shirt needs to be ironed / Your shirt needs ironing.
8- It + be + adjective + to-infinitive + sth
Passive: It + be + adjective + for sth + to be + V3 / Vo ED
Ex: - It is important to finish this exercise.
=>It is important for this exercise to be finished
- It is necessary to copy this lesson
=> It is necessary for this lesson to be copied.
- It is time to feed the chicken => It is time for the chicken to be fed.
9- Các trường hợp khác:
Ex Please enter this way. ---> You are requested to enter this way.
Dưới đây là vài ví dụ về cách thêm BE và chia tương ứng với thì của câu chủ động
a.The simple present: S + Vo/Ve/es → S + am/is/are/ +V3 / Vo ED...
Ex: She cleans the floor everyday. → Passive: The floor is cleaned everyday.
b.The present continuous: S + am/ is/ are + Vo + ing
→ S + am/ is/ are + being + V3 / Vo ED...
Ex: Mr.Baker is repairing the car →Passive: the car is being repaired by Mr Baker.
c.The present perfect: S+ has/have + V3 / Vo ED
→ S+ has/have + been + V3 / Vo ED
Ex: Someone has stolen the bicycles → Passive: The bicycles have been stolen
d.The simple past: S + Vo ED/ V2 → S + was/ were + V3 / Vo ED.
Ex: Where did they find the drugs ? ( S + V2/ V-ed)
→Passive: Where were the drugs found ?
e.The past continuous: (S + was/ were + V-ing .... )
→ S + was / were + being + V3 / Vo ED
Ex: They were preparing lunch when I came there yesterday
→ Lunch was being prepared when I came there yesterday.
f. The past perfect: S+ had + V3 / Vo ED → S+ had been + V3 / Vo ED
Ex: She had written almost ten pages by 3:00 pm.
→ Almost ten pages had been written by 3:00 p.m
g- Who + V + object ...... ? Passive: - By whom..... ? - Who...... by ?
Ex: Who wrote this novel ?
→ Passive: - By whom was this novel written ?
hoặc: Who was this novel written by ?
Exercise 1: Passive and Active voice:
1. People drink a great deal of tea in England.
2. Tom was writing two poems.
3. She often takes her dog for a walk.
4. People speak English all over the world.
5. A group of students have met their friends at the railway station.
6. They didn’t allow Tom to take these books home.
7. The teacher won’t correct exercises tomorrow.
8. How many trees did they cut down to build that fence?
9. This well-known library attracts many people.
18
10. My mother used to make us clean the house.
11. He likes people to call him “Sir”.
12. They are going to have someone repair their car
13. People say that he is intelligent.
14. He can’t repair my bike.
15. Mary has operated Tom since 10 o’clock.
16. Mr. Smith has taught us French for 2 years.
17. They didn’t look after the children properly.
18. Nobody swept this street last week.
19. How many lessons are you going to learn next month?
20. You need to do this work.
Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences in the passive:

1. They will construct some new airports on islands.
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. The new president might fulfill this promise as quickly as people would like.
……………………………………………………………………………………
3. They are going to find out the mystery.
……………………………………………………………………………………
4. You can buy videos like this one anywhere.
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. Someone will tell you when you go in to see the doctor.
……………………………………………………………………………………
6. They should have finished the hotel by the time you arrive.
……………………………………………………………………………………
7. Someone has to write the history of the European Community one day.
……………………………………………………………………………………
8. When is someone going to announce the results of the contest?
……………………………………………………………………………………
9. Where will your company send you next year?
……………………………………………………………………………………
10. They ought to have reported the accident to the police.
……………………………………………………………………………………
Exercise 3: Complete the sentences with the given words, active or passive:
1. Chris has good news. The engineering firm where she had an interview yesterday (may +
offer) ………………………….. her a job soon.
2. Good news! I (may + offer) ………………………….. a job soon. I had an interview at an
engineering firm yesterday.
3. You (should + open) ………………….. the wine about three hours before you use it.
4. You (mustn’t + move) …………………………..this man; he is too ill. He (will + have to +
leave) ………………………….. here.
5. You (must + take) …………………………..those books back to the library yesterday.
6. We tried, but the window (couldn’t + open) ……………………………
7. You (must + keep) ………………………….. meat in a refrigerator or it will spoil.
8. I (had better + wash) ……………….. my clothes today, or they will be very smelly.
9. Someone (should + tell) ………………………….. James the news immediately.
10. This application (be supposed to + send) ………….. to the personnel department soon.
Exercise 4: Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentence.
1. I shouldn’t ………. so much coffee last night. I was wide awake till four in the morning.
A. drink B. drank C. be drunk D. have drunk
2. The profits are supposed …………………. among the shareholders.
A. to divide B. to be divided C. dividing D. being divided
19
3. When you are on duty, your uniform must …………………. at all times.
A. wear B. be wear C. be worn D. be wearing
4. You promised her a letter; you ought to …………………. days ago.
A. write B. be writing C. have written D. be written
5. After the test papers …………………. to the students in class tomorrow, the students
…………………. their next assignment.
A. will return – will be given B. will be returned – are given
C. are returning – are giving D. are returned – will be given
6. The class for next semester is too large. It ought to …………………. in half.
A. be divided B. divide C. have divided D. have been divided
7. The entire valley can …………………. from their mountain home.
A. see B. be seen C. being seen D. sees
8. He is wearing a gold ring on his fourth finger. He must………………….
A. have been married B. be married C. marry D. have married
9. A child should …………………. everything he or she wants.
A. gives B. give C. have been given D. be given
10. Your daughter has a good voice. Her interest in singing …………………. encouraged.
A. should be B should C. be D. have
11. I found this book on my desk when I came to class. It must ……. by one of the students in
earlier class.
A. be left B. have been left C. leave D. have left
12. You had better ………………….your chores before Mom gets home.
A. be finished B. have finished C. have been finished D. finish
13. These books will have to …………………. to the library tomorrow.
A. return B. have returned C. being returned D. be returned
14. Ann’s birthday was on the 5th, and now it’s already the 8th. Her birthday card …. a week ago.
A. will be sent B. can be sent
C. should have been sent D. should have sent
15. You …………………. me to Dr. Gray. We’ve already met.
A. don’t have to introduce B mustn’t be introduced
C. shouldn’t introduce D. mustn’t introduce
16. Bill ………………….Ann to the party tomorrow.
A. will be invited B. will invite
C. will have invited D. will have been invited.
17. A new hospital ………………….in this area.
A. are going to be built B. builds C. is going to be built D. is going to build
18. Mike …………………. What’s going on in his English class.
A. can’t understand B. can’t be understood
C. could have understood D. could have been understood
19. Our test papers ………………….by our teachers now.
A. are marking B. are being marked C. will mark D. will be marked
20. ………………….the birds in your garden at three o’clock yesterday afternoon?
A. Did you feed B. Were you fed C. Were you being fed D. Were you feeding
Exercise 5: Multiple choices
1. Many U.S. automobiles --------------- in Detroit, Michigan.
A. manufacture B. have manufactured
C. are manufactured D. are manufacturing
2. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle ----------- last night.
A. was stolen B. was stealing
C. stolen D. stole
3. Let’s go ahead and do it now. Nothing ------------ by waiting.
A. will be accomplished B. accomplished
C. has accomplished D. accomplishes
20
4.” When ----------? “ - In 1928
A. penicillin was discovered B. did penicillin discovered
C. was penicillin discovered D. did penicillin discover
5. The rescuers ---------- for their bravery and fortitude in locating the lost mountain climbers.
A. were praised B. praised
C. were praising D. praising
6. Vitamin C ---------- by the human body. It gets into the bloods stream quickly.
A. absorbs easily B. is easily absorbing
C. is easily absorbed D. absorbed easily
7. Renoir is one of the most popular French impressionist painters. His paintings ----------
masterpieces all over the world.
A. had considered B. are considering
C. are considered D. consider
8. We can’t go along here because the road is ---------------.
A. been repaired B. being repaired
C. repaired D. repairing
9. More than 50 films --------------- in HCMC since June.
A. were shown B. had been shown
C. have been shown D. have shown
10. George is --------------- Lisa.
A. marry with B. marry to
C. married with D. married to
11. Somebody cleans the room every day.
a. The room every day is cleaned
b. The room is every day cleaned
c. The room is cleaned every day
d. The room is cleaned by somebody every day
12. They cancelled all flights because of fog.
a. All flights because of fog were cancelled.
b. All flights were cancelled because of fog.
c. All flights were because of fog cancelled
d. All flights were cancelled by them because of fog
13. People don't use this road very often.
a. This road is not used very often b. Not very often this road is not used
c. This road very often is not used d. This road not very often is used
14. Somebody accused me of stealing money.
a. I was accused by somebody of stealing money.
b. I was accused of stealing money
c. I was accused of stealing money by somebody
d. I was accused stealing money.
15. How do people learn languages?
a. How are languages learned? b. How are languages learned by people?
c. How languages are learned? d. Languages are learned how?
16. People warned us not to go out alone.
a. We were warned not going out alone
b. We were warned not to go out alone by people.
c. We weren't warned to go out alone.
d. We were warned not to go out alone.
17. Somebody is using the computer at the moment.
a. The computer is being used at the moment.
b. The computer at the moment is being used.
c. The computer is being used by somebody at the moment.
d. The computer is used at the moment.
21
18. I didn't realize that somebody was recording our conversation.
a. I didn’t realize that our conversation was recorded.
b. I didn't realize that our conversation was being recorded.
c. I didn't realize that our conversation was being recorded by someone.
d. Our conversation wasn't realized to be recorded.
19. We found that they had cancelled the game.
a. We found that the fame had been cancelled.
b. The game had been cancelled.
c. We found that the game had been cancelled by them.
d. The game were found to be cancelled.
20. They are building a new highway around the city.
a. A new highway is being built around the city.
b. A new highway is being built around the city by them
c. A new highway around the city is being built.
d. Around the city a new highway is being built.
4. Relative clauses
RELATIVE CLAUSES & REDUCTION OF RELATIVE CLAUSES

A. RELATIVE CLAUSES
- Mệnh đề quan hệ (hay mệnh đề tính ngữ) bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước nó.
- Mệnh đề quan hệ được đặt sau danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa, được bắt đầu bằng các đại từ quan
hệ: WHO, WHOM, WHICH, THAT, WHOSE, và trạng từ quan hệ: WHERE, WHY,
WHEN.
Danh từ đứng trước Chủ ngữ Tân ngữ Sở hữu cách

(Antecedent) (Subject) (Object) (Possesive Case)
Người (person) Who/That Whom/That Whose
Vật (Thing) Which/That Which/That Of which/ whose
1. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative Clauses)

a. WHO: thay thế cho người, làm chủ từ trong MĐQH.
Ex: - I need to meet the boy. The boy is my friend’s son.
à I need to meet the boy who is my friend’s son.
- The woman is standing over there. She is my sister.
àThe woman who is standing over there is my sister.
b. WHO/ WHOM: thay thế cho người, làm túc từ trong MĐQH.
Ex:- I know the girl. I spoke to this girl.
à I know the girl who/ whom I spoke to.
- The man is my teacher. Your father is talking to him.
à The man who/ whom your father is talking to is my teacher.
c. WHICH: - thay thế đồ vật, làm chủ từ, túc từ trong MĐQH.
Ex: - She works for a company. It makes cars
à She works for a company which makes cars.
- The elephants are big. People keep the elephants in iron cages.
à The elephants which people keep in iron cages are big.
- Thay thế cho cả mệnh đề đứng trước nó
Ex: He passed his exam. This pleased his parents.
He passed his exam, which pleased his parents. (dùng dấu phẩy trước đại từ quan hệ)
d. THAT: thay thế cho WHO/ WHOM/ WHICH trong MĐQH hạn định
22
Ex: - I need to meet the boy that/ who is my friend’s son.
- The woman that/ who is standing over there is my sister.
- I know the girl that/ who/ whom I spoke to.
- The man that/ who/ whom your father is talking to is my teacher.
- She works for a company that/ which makes cars.
- The elephants that/ which people keep in iron cages are big.
* Những trường hợp thường dùng THAT:
- Sau cụm từ quan hệ vừa chỉ người và vật:
Ex: He told me the places and people that he had seen in London.
- Sau đại từ bất định: something, aynyone, nobody, all, much ....
Ex: I’ll tell you something that is very interesting.
All that is mine is yours.
- Sau các tính từ so sánh nhất, only, first, last
Ex: - This is the most beautiful dress that I have.
- You are the only person that can help us.
- Trong cấu trúc It + be + … + that … (chính là …)
Ex: It is my friend that wrote this sentence.
(Chính là bạn tôi đã viết câu này.)
* Những trường hợp không dùng THAT:
- Trong mệnh đề tính từ không hạn định.
Ex: Mr Brown, that we studied English with, is a very nice teacher.
- Sau giới từ
Ex: The house in that I was born is for sale.
e. WHOSE (OF WHICH): thay thế cho sở hữu của người, vật (his-, her-, its-, their-).
Ex: - John found the cat. Its leg was broken.
à John found the cat whose leg/(the leg of which) was broken.
- This is the student. I borrowed his book.
àThis is the student whose book I borrowed.
f. OF WHICH / OF WHOM:
Ex: - Daisy has three brothers. All of them are teachers.
à Daisy has three brothers, all of whom are teachers.
- He asked me a lot of questions. I couldn’t answer most of them.
à He asked me a lot of questions, most of which I couldn’t answer.
g. Giới từ đặt trước mệnh đề tính ngữ: (WHOM/WHICH)
Ex: - The man speaks English very fast. I talked to him last night.
à The man to whom I talked last night speaks English very fast.
- The house is for sale. I was born in it.
à The house in which I was born is for sale.
* LƯU Ý: KHÔNG dùng THAT sau giới từ.
2. Trạng từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

a. WHERE (in/ on/ at ... which): thay thế cho cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn
Ex: - The movie theater is the place. We can see films at that place.
à The movie theater is the place where we can see films.
b. WHEN (in/ on which): thay thế cho cụm từ chỉ thời gian
Ex: - Do you remember the day. We first met on that day.
à Do you remember the day when we first met?
c. WHY (for which): thay thế cho cụm trạng từ chỉ lí do
Ex: - Tell me the reason. You are so sad for that reason.
23
à Tell me the reason why you are so sad.
CÓ 2 LOẠI MỆNH ĐỀ LIÊN HỆ:

RESTRICTIVE & NON-RESTRICTIVE RELATIVE CLAUSES
I. Restrictive Relative Clauses:

- Dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước chưa được xác định rõ, nếu bỏ đi mệnh đề chính
sẽ không rõ nghĩa.
Ex: - I saw the girl. She helped us last week.
à I saw the girl who/that helped us last week.
* LƯU Ý: Ta có thể bỏ đại từ quan hệ: WHO, WHOM, WHICH, THAT khi chúng làm tân
ngữ trong MĐQH hạn định.
II. Non-restritive Relative Clauses:
- Dùng để bổ nghĩa cho danh từ đứng trước đã được xác định rõ (nó chỉ là phần giải thích
thêm), nếu bỏ đi mệnh đề chính vẫn rõ nghĩa.
- Mệnh đề này ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bằng dấu phẩy.
- Ta dùng mệnh đề quan hệ không hạn định khi:
+ Trước đại từ quan hệ có: this/that/these/those/my/her/his/…
+ Từ trước đại từ quan hệ là tên riêng, danh từ riêng, vật duy nhất, cụm trạng ngữ chỉ
nơi chốn
Ex: - My father is a doctor. He is fifty years old.
à My father, who is fifty years old, is a doctor.
- Mr. Brown is a very nice teacher. We studied English with him.
à Mr Brown, who we studied English with, is a very nice teacher.
- The sun made the traveller thirsty. It was hot at midday.
à The sun, which was hot at midday, made the traveller thirsty
- The boys in the next room are my students. They are making noise.
à The boys in the next room, who are making noise, are my students.
* LƯU Ý: + KHÔNG được bỏ đại từ quan hệ trong MĐQH không hạn định.
EXERCISE 1 : Combine each pair of sentences, using a relative pronoun.

1. The girl is my cousin. She chatted with you yesterday.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
2. The man is very kind. He spent 15 minutes measuring our kitchen
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
3. The architect designed these flats. He has moved to HCM City.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
4. The young boy is naughty. He rides an expensive motorbike.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
5. I’m reading the book. I bought it in 1996.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
6. Do you know the man? He is sharing the flat with me.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
7. The young man is Ba’s brother. He is talking to our teacher.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
8. We visited the monument. It was built a hundred years ago.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
9. The boys are interested in the game. It is a popular game all over the world.
24
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
10. You have no need to tell me the reason. You are often late for work for that reason.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
11. We visited the people. They are homeless after the flood.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
12. I don’t like the films. They have unhappy ending.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
13. I know the man. His son broke your windows.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
14. The girl is very kind. Her parents work with me.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
15. The village has around 200 people. The majority of them are farmers.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
16. She hasn’t eat anything. This makes her parents worried.
à………………………………………………….……………………………..
17. The student is from China. He sits next to me.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
18. I thanked the woman. This woman had helped me.
à …………………………………………………………………………………………
19. Mr. Pike is excellent. I am taking his course.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
20. Shakespeare wrote plays . People have enjoyed them for four centuries.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
B. REDUCTION OF RELATIVE CLAUSES

1) Dùng phân từ:
a) Dùng cụm V-ing :
Dùng cho các mệnh đề mang nghĩa chủ động
Ex: a. The man who is standing there is my brother.
b. The man standing there is my brother
b) Dùng cụm P.P: (V3/ V-ed)
Dùng cho các mệnh đề mang nghĩa bị động .
a. I like books which were written by Nguyen Du.
b. I like books written by Nguyen Du.
2) Dùng cụm to inf: (... Noun/ Pronoun + to infinitive / to be + P.P... )
-Dùng khi danh từ đứng trước có các từ sau đây :
ONLY, LAST, FIRST, SECOND...
Ex: This is the only student who can do the problem. (động từ mang nghĩa chủ động)
This is the only student to do the problem.
-Động từ là HAVE
Ex: I have something that I must do now. (động từ mang nghĩa chủ động)
I have something to do now.
-Câu bắt đầu bằng: HERE (BE), THERE (BE)
Ex: There are six letters which have to be written today. (động từ mang nghĩa bị động)
There are six letters to be written today.
GHI NHỚ :
Trong phần to inf này cần nhớ 2 điều sau:
- Nếu chủ từ 2 mệnh đề khác nhau thì thêm cụm for sb trước to inf.
Ex: We have some picture books that children can read.
25
We have some picture books for children to read.
Tuy nhiên nếu chủ từ đó là đại từ có nghĩa chung chung như: we, you, everyone.... thì có
thể không cần ghi ra.
Ex: Studying abroad is the wonderful thing that we must think about.
Studying abroad is the wonderful (for us ) to think about.
- Nếu trước relative pronoun có giới từ thì phải đem xuống cuối câu.
Ex: We have a peg on which we can hang our coat.
We have a peg to hang our coat on.
3) Dùng cụm danh từ (đồng cách danh từ )
Dùng khi mệnh đề quan hệ có dạng:
S + BE + DANH TỪ /CỤM DANH TỪ/CỤM GIỚI TỪ
Cách làm:
-bỏ who ,which và be
Ex: a. Football, which is a popular sport, is very good for health.
 Football, which is a popular sport, is very good for health.
 Football, a popular sport, is very good for health.
Ex: b. Do you like the book which is on the table?
Do you like the book on the table?
PHƯƠNG PHÁP LÀM BÀI LOẠI RÚT GỌN:

Bước 1 : - Tìm xem mệnh đề tính từ nằm chổ nào
Bước này dễ vì mệnh đề tính từ thường bắt đầu bằng WHO,WHICH,THAT...
Bước 2 :
Bước này chủ yếu là rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ thành cụm từ
1. Nhìn xem mệnh đề có công thức S + BE + CỤM DANH TỪ không ? Nếu có áp dụng
công thức 3 .
2. Nếu không có công thức đó thì xem tiếp trứoc who which... có các dấu hiệu first
,only...v..v không ,nếu có thì áp dụng công thức 2 (to inf. ) lưu ý thêm xem 2 chủ từ có khác
nhau không ( để dùng for sb )
3. Nếu không có 2 trừong hợp trên mới xét xem câu đó chủ động hay bị động mà dùng V-
NG hay P.P..
EXERCISE 2: Use reduced relative clauses in place of the relative clauses

1. The child is lonely, he would be happier if he had someone that he could play with.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I’ve got a bottle of wine but I haven’t got anything that I could open it with.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. I don’t like him playing in the streets; I wish we had a garden that he could play in.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
4. The floor is dirty but I haven’t got a brush that I can sweep it with.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. My files are all over the place. I wish I had a box that I could keep them in.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. She said that she wasn’t going to buy any cards; she hadn’t anyone to whom she
could send cards.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. You are the last person who saw her alive.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. He simple loves parties. He is always the first who comes and the last who goes.
26
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
9. The Queen Elizabeth is the largest ship which had been built on the Clyde.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
10. He was the second man who was killed in this way.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
11. Neil Armstrong was the first man who walked on the moon.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Lady Astor was the first woman who took her seat in Parliament.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
13. Here are some accounts that you must check.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
14. People who listen to very loud music may suffer gradual hearing loss .
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
15. He was the man who was saved in the fire .
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
16. Anyone who doesn’t want to take part in the meeting must inform the board.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
17. The teacher who takes the responsibility for the class is Ms Lan.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
18. .She’s just bought a handbag which was made of crocodile skin.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
19. I met a man who had been working in this factory for a long time.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
20. The story which was told by my grandma was interesting.
à…………………………………………………………………………………………
EXERCISE 3: CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER:

1. That’s my friend,_______________ comes from Japan.
A. which B. who C. whom D. where.
2. The plants which______________ in the living room need a lot of water.
A. are B. be C. is D. was
3. She’s the woman_______________ sister looks after the baby for us.
A. who B. which C. that’s D. whose
4. That’s the doctor for________________ Cliff works.
A. that B. which C. whom D. whose
5. Marie,______________ I met at the party, called me last night.
A. that B. whom C. which D. whose
6. I remember Alice,______________ rode the bus to school with.
A. I B. whom I C. which I D. who
7. I used to enjoy the summer, ______________ we had a big family picnic.
A. where B. when C. which D. that
8. Tell me about the city ______________ you grew up.
A. that B. where C. which D. ø
9. Anna found the book that ________________ wanted at the bookshop.
A. ø B. where C. she D. which
10. Please remember to take back to the library all the books ________ are due this week.
A. ø B. that C. when D. they
11. He likes the dress. Huong is wearing it
27
A. He likes the dress which Huong is wearing it
B. He likes the dress Huong is wearing it
C. He likes the dress who Huong is wearing
D. He likes the dress Huong is wearing
12. Most of the classmates couldn't come. He invited them to the birthday party
A. Most of the classmates he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
B. Most of the classmates he was invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
C. Most of the classmates that he invited them to the birthday party couldn't come.
D. Most of the classmates which he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.
13. What was the name of the man? You met and talked to him this morning.
A. What was the name of the man who you met and talked to him this morning?
B. What was the name of the man you met and talked to this morning?
C. What was the name of the man you met and talked to whom this morning?
D. What was the name of the man whose you met and talked to this morning?
14. The church is over 500 years old. Our class visited it last summer.
A. The church which our class visited it last summer is over 500 years old.
B. The church that our class visited it last summer is over 500 years old.
C. The church which our class visited last summer is over 500 years old.
D. The church our class visit last summer is over 500 years old.
15. The song says about the love of two young stdents. She is singing the song.
A. The song which she is singing it says about the love of two young stdents.
B. The song she is singing says about the love of two young stdents.
C. The song says about the love of two young stdents which she is singing.
D. The song says about the love of two young stdents that she is singing it.
Famous people
28
One evening, Mrs. Alda asked her husband to take Những người nổi tiếng
her to a very expensive restaurant in the city, Một tối, bà Alda nói chồng đưa bà tới một nhà
because a lot of movie starts and other famous hàng rất sang trọng trong thành phố vì có nhiều
people ate there, and she was curious to see some minh tinh màn bạc cùng những nhân vật nổi tiếng
of them. đến ăn ở đó và bà tò mò muốn trông thấy họ.
Chẳng bao lâu sau khi ông bà Alda gọi thức ăn thì
Soon after Mr. and Mrs. Alda had ordered their có một người đàn ông và một người đàn bà quyến
meal, a very attractive man and a woman came into rũ bước vào nhà hàng, họ ngồi xuống một bàn gần
the restaurant and sat down at a table nearby. They bàn của bà Alda. Họ ăn mặc rất đẹp và bà Alda nói
were beautifully dressed, and Mrs. Alda said to her với chồng:
husband, “Look at those people, George! I’m sure -“Anh George, nhìn họ kìa! Em chắc đã thấy hình
I’ve seen their pictures somewhere.” của họ ở đâu đó rồi.”
The man and the woman gave their order to the Người đàn ông và người đàn bà kia kêu món ăn họ
waiter, and when he brought Mr. and Mrs. Alda muốn và khi anh hầu bàn đưa món súp cho ông bà
their soup, Mrs. Alda said to him, Alda, bà Alda hỏi anh:
“Who are those people? Do you know them?” -“Những người đó là ai thế? Anh có biết họ
“Oh, they’re nobody famous,” he answered at không?”
once. -“À, họ không phải là những người nổi tiếng đâu,”
“Really?” Mrs. Alda asked with surprise. “How do anh hầu bàn trả lời ngay.
you know that?” “Thật không? Làm sao anh biết được điều đó? Bà
“Because they asked me who you were,” he Alda ngạc nhiên hỏi.
answered. -“Vì họ cũng hỏi tôi xem ông bà là ai,” anh hầu
bàn trả lời.
5. Word forms
A- MỘT SỐ CÁCH THÀNH LẬP LOẠI TỪ:

I- DANH TỪ:
1) Tiền tố: super-/under-/sur-/sub-/over- + N ---> N
supermarket siêu thị underachievement đạt dưới mức surface bề mặt
superman siêu nhân subway tàu điện ngầm overexpenditure chi tiêu quá
2) Hậu tố:
a) V + -ion/-tion/-ation/-ition/-sion ---> N
addition sự thêm vào production sản xuất conservation sự bảo tồn
repetition sự lặp lại permission sự cho phép pollution sự ơ nhiễm
b) V + -ment/-ance/-ence/-age/-ing/-al ---> N
employment việc làm attendance sự có mặt difference sự khác nhau
marriage sự kết hôn swimming việc bơi lội arrival sự đến
c) V + -er/-or/-ant/-ee/ ---> N
driver tài xế actor diễn viên nam accountant kế toán
employee người làm thuê interviewee người được phỏng vấn applicant người xin việc
29
d) N + -ist/-an/-ian/-ess ---> N
physicist nhà vật lý American người Mỹ librarian thủ thư
actress nữ diễn viên musician nhạc sĩ scientist nhà khoa học
e) Adj + -y/-ity/-ness/-ism/-dom/ -ship ---> N

difficulty khó khăn responsibility trách nhiệm happiness sự hạnh phúc
capitalism chủ nghĩa tư bản freedom sự tự do friendship tình bạn
3) THE + ADJ ---> NOUN

the poor, the blind, the deaf, the old, the sick, the weak,
the unemployed, the disabled, the dead, the young…
II- ĐỘNG TỪ:

1) Tiền tố:
a) dis-/mis-/re-/over-/under-/out- + V ---> V
disagree khơng đồng ý misunderstand hiểu nhầm redo làm lại
overcook nấu quá chín undersell bán rẻ hơn outweigh nặng hơn
b) en- + N/V/Adj ---> V

enable làm cho cĩ thể endanger gây nguy hiểm enrich làm giàu
2) Hậu tố:
Adj/N + -ize/-en/-ate/-fy ---> V
industrialize Công nghiệp hóa widen làm rộng ra originate bắt nguồn
beautify làm đẹp lighten làm nhẹ đi modernize hiện đại hóa
III- TÍNH TỪ:

1) Tiền tố: un-/in-/im-/ir-/il-/dis- + Adj ---> Adj
unlucky không may inexact không chính xác impossible không thể
irregular không có qui tắc illogical không hợp lý dishonest không trung thực
2) Hậu tố:
a) N + -ly/-like/-less/-ish/-y/-ful/-al/-ic/ ---> Adj
daily hằng ngày childlike như con nít treeless không có cây
selfish ích kỷ rainy có mưa peaceful hòa bình
agricultural nông nghiệp scientific khoa học successful thành công
b) V/N + -ive/-able/-ible ---> Adj

attractive hấp dẫn acceptable có thể chấp nhận defensible có thể bảo vệ
eatable có thể ăn được active năng động comprehensible có thể hiểu
IV- TRẠNG TỪ: Phần lớn: Adj + -ly ---> Adv

Slowly một cách chậm chạp carefully một cách cẩn thận safely một cách an tòan
B- MỘT SỐ CẤU TRÚC NHẬN DIỆN LOẠI TỪ THƯỜNG GẶP:

1. a/ an/ the/ this/ that…
my/ her/ his…/ Mary’s + (adj) + N
many/ some/ a lot of…
Ex: She is a beautiful girl.
30
2. danh từ chỉ sự đo lường, tuổi tác + (adj)

Ex: This table is two meters long. He’s twenty years old.
3. V (MAKE, KEEP, FIND…) + O ADJ
Ex: We should keep our room clean.
4. Linking verbs (be, become, feel, look, taste, sound, smell, seem, get, appear…) + ADJ
Ex: It becomes hot today.
5. đại từ bất định (something, someone, anything, anybody, everything, nobody…) + ADJ
Ex: Do you have anything important to tell me?
6. ADV + ADJ
Ex: Your story is very interesting.
7. Hình thức hiện tại phân từ (-ING): Diễn tả nhận thức của người nói về người/việc gì đó.
Ex: That film is interesting. (Bộ phim đó hay.) (Người xem nhận thấy bộ phim hay.)
Hình thức quá khứ phân từ (-ED): Diễn tả cảm giác của người nói do người/việc gì đó đem lại.
Ex: I am confused about the question. (Tôi bị bối rối về câu hỏi.) (Câu hỏi làm tôi bối rối.)
8. Trạng từ thể cách bổ nghĩa cho động từ
Ex: She drives carefully
LƯU Ý:
- fast (nhanh), early (sớm), late (trễ), hard (chăm chỉ) vừa là tính từ vừa là trạng từ.
Ex: Jack is a very fast runner. Jack can run very fast.
- Phân biệt: late (trễ) lately (gần đây) (= recently)
hard (chăm chỉ) hardly (hầu như không)
- Một số tính từ tận cùng –LY: friendly (thân thiện), lovely (dễ thương), lively (sống động), ...
- Trạng từ tần suất đứng trước động từ thường, sau BE, trợ động từ và modals
Ex: She doesn’t often go with him. He can seldom find time for reading.
Exercise: Complete the sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Your new dress makes you more _____________. (beauty)
2. You should do these exercises _____________. (quick)
3. The industrial __________ will lead to the country’s prosperity. (develop)
4. Some large cities have had measures to minimize air ____________. (pollute)
5. I will come to the party because I accept the _______________. (invite)
6. The ___________ of the Hollywood actor, Jimmy Halton, was announced last night. (die)
7. This company offered a lot of __________ jobs. (attract)
8. We often go to the theater at weekends for ____________. (entertain)
9. He is a famous……………………. (act)
10. You must ................................. the answer you choose. (dark)
11. We have a lot of …………..............……….……… in learning English. (difficult)
12. I felt very …………..............……… when I was a member of our school team. (excite)
13. He speaks English ..................................... (fluency)
14. We are very proud of our………..............………. (friend)
15. He does exercise every morning, so he is very…………..............……….……… (health)
16. Her parents’ …………..............……….……… makes her very sad. (ill)
17. News on TV is very ...................... (inform)
18. What is his ............................? (nation)
19. Everybody loves ................................ beauty. (nature)
20. It is cloudy and .......................... today. (rain)
Multiple choice
1. He has been very interested in doing research on _______ since he was at high school.
31
a. biology b. biological c. biologist

d. biologically
2. You are old enough to take _______ for what you have done.
a. responsible b. responsibility c. responsibly
d. irresponsible
3. Many Vietnamese people ______ their lives for the revolutionary cause
of the nation
a. sacrifice b. sacrificed c. sacrificial d.
sacrificially
4. They had a ______ candlelit dinner last night and she accepted his
proposal of marriage.
a. romance b. romantic c. romantically d. romanticize
5. She sent me a _______ letter thanking me for my invitation.
a. polite b. politely c. politeness d. impoliteness
6. As an _______, Mr. Pike is very worried about the increasing of juvenile delinquency.
a. educate b. education c. educator d. educative
7. He was the only _______ that was offered the job.
a. apply b. application c. applicant d. applying
8. Many people have objected to the use of animals in _____ experiments.
a. science b. scientist c. scientific d. scientifically
9. _______ is increasing, which results from economic crisis.
a. Employment b. Unemployment c. Employ d. Unemployed
10. _______! I have heard of your success in the new project.
a. Congratulate b. Congratulating c. Congratulation d. Congratulations
11. A / an _______ species is a population of an organism which is at risk of becoming extinct.
a. dangerous b. endanger c. endangered d. endangerment
12. Almost half of turtles and tortoises are known to be threatened with ____.
a. extinct b. extinction c. extinctive d. extinctly
13. They are going to _______ the pool to 1.8 meter.
a. deep b. depth c. deepen d. deeply
14. The referee had no hesitation in awarding the visiting team a _______.
a. penalty b. penalize c. penal d. penalization
15. The referee's _______ is the most important in any sport competition.
a. decide b. decisive c. decision d. decider
16. Johnny used to be one of the most _______ athletes in my country.
a. succeed b. success c. successful d. successfully
17. The success of the 22nd SEA Games had a great contribution of many _______ volunteers.
a. support b. supporter c. supportive d. supportively
18. He was so _______ that he could not even say a word.
a. nerve b. nerves c. nervous d. nervously
19. I am really _______ in the way he talks, but the way he behaves.
a. interest b. interested c. interesting d. interestingly
20. Thanks to labor-saving devices, women have more time to take part in _______ activities.
a. society b. social c. socially d. socialize
Mistake?
32
A police officer stops a blonde for speeding and asks her very nicely if she could see her license. She
replied in a huff.
“ I wish you guys could get your act together. Just yesterday you take away my license and then today
you expect me to show it to you.”
Lỗi gì?
Một sĩ quan cảnh sát dừng một cô gái tóc vàng vì vượt quá tốc độ cho phép và hỏi cô một cách rất lịch sự
rằng liệu anh có thể xem bằng lái của cô. Cô nàng trả lời một cách hết sức giận dữ:
“Tôi mong rằng các anh có thể kết hợp làm việc cùng nhau. Mới ngày hôm qua các anh thu bằng lái của
tôi và hôm nay anh hy vọng tôi trình nó cho anh.”
6. Tag questions
I. CÁCH THÀNH LẬP
1. Câu hỏi đuôi gồm có: chủ ngữ (phải là đại từ nhân xưng) và trợ động từ hay động từ đặc biệc.
2. Nếu câu phát biểu ở thể xác định thì câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định và ngược lại.
3. Nếu câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định thì phải dùng hình thức tĩnh lược (contractive form).
Ex:
STATEMENTS QUESTION-TAGS
He is a good boy, isn’t he?
The girl didn't come here yesterday, did she?
They will go away, won't they?
She hasn't left, has she?
II. CHÚ Ý:
a. Phần đuôi của “ I am” là “ aren’t I “ .
Eg: I’m going to do it again, aren’t I?
b. Imperatives and Requests ( Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu):
+ Có phần đuôi là “won’t you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời mời:
Eg: Take your seat, won’t you? (Mời ông ngồi)
+ Có phần đuôi là “will you?” khi câu phát biểu diễn tả lời yêu cầu hoặc mệnh lệnh phủ định.
Eg: Open the door, will you? ( Xin vui lòng mở cửa)
Don’t be late, will you? (Đừng đi trễ nha.)
c. Phần đuôi của câu bắt đầu bằng “ Let’s ...” : là “shall we ?”
Eg: Let’s go swimming, shall we?
Nhưng phần đuôi của “Let us / Let me” là “will you”
d. Nothing, anything, something, everything được thay là thế bằng “ It” ở câu hỏi đuôi:
Eg : Everything will be all right, won’t it?
No one, Nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone được thay
thế bằng “They” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Eg: Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn’t they?
Lưu ý: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ ở câu hỏi đuôi sẽ
phải ở dạng thức xác định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định)
Eg: Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it ?
e. This/ That được thay thế là “It”. Eg: This won’t take long, will it?
f. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”.
Eg: Those are nice, aren’t they?
g. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little…
phần đuôi phải ở dạng khẳng định.
Eg: He seldom goes to the movies, does he?
33
h. Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng : You ‘d better → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : hadn’t you ?
You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : wouldn’t you ?
You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là : didn’t you ?
III. Ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi:
Ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi phụ thuộc vào ngữ điệu diễn đạt nó:
- Nếu ta hạ giọng, có nghĩa là ta thực sự đặt câu hỏi cho người đối thoại và ta muốn người nghe
đồng tình với mình
- Nếu ta lên giọng câu hỏi đuôi thì ta muốn hỏi lại người nghe
EXERCISE : Add tag questions to the following.

1/ They want to come,………………….?
2/ Elizabeth is a dentist, ……………….. ?
3/ They won’t be here, …………………?
4/ That is your umbrella, ………………….?
5/ There aren’t many people here yet, …………….. ?
6/ He has a bicycle,……………………?
7/ Peter would like to come with us to the party, ……………………..?
8/ Those aren’t Fred’s books, ………?
9/ You have never been to Paris,…………?
10/ Something is wrong with Jane today, ………… ?
11/ Everyone can learn how to swim, ……………… ?
12/ Nobody cheated in the exam, ………………….. ?
13/ Nothing went wrong while I was gone, ………… ?
14/ I am invited, ………………….?
15/ This bridge is not very safe,……………..?
16/ These sausages are delicious, …………….?
17/ You haven’t lived here long, …………?
18/ The weather forecast wasn’t very good, ……………. ?
19/ He’d better come to see me, .............. ?
20/ You need to stay longer, ................................?
7. Subject and verb Agreement

Có nhiều nguyên tắc hòa hợp trong điểm ngữ pháp này, tuy nhiên chúng tôi chỉ chọn lựa một số nguyên
tắc cơ bản và phổ biến nhất để các em học sinh dễ nắm bắt và vận dụng.
A. Nguyên tắc chung:
Chủ ngữ (S) Động từ (V)
He, she, it và các danh từ số ít Động từ số ít
You, we, they và các danh từ số nhiều Động từ số nhiều
- Hình thức của động từ số ít: is/was/has/động từ có s hoặc es.
- Hình thức của động từ số nhiều: are/were/have/động từ có hình thức giống như nguyên mẫu.
B. Một số nguyên tắc hoà hợp cơ bản:
1. Chủ ngữ gồm hai hoặc nhiều phần nối với nhau bằng and  V số nhiều
Eg: My brother and sister live in Boston.
2. Chủ ngữ gồm 2 phần nối với nhau bằng either… or, neither… nor, not only…but also  V hòa hợp
với phần gần nó nhất.
Eg: Either Thursday or Friday is ok.
3. Chủ ngữ có thêm phần as well as, with, together with, along with  V vẫn chỉ hòa hợp với phần S
đầu tiên.
Eg: George, together with his friends, is buying a race horse.
4. Chủ ngữ là cụm từ chỉ sự đo lường (được xem như là một tổng thể)  V là số ít.
34
Eg: Thirty pounds seems a reasonable price.

5. Nếu có 1 cụm từ hay mệnh đề theo sau một danh từ làm chủ ngữ  V chỉ hòa hợp với danh từ đầu
tiên.
Eg: The house between the two bungalows is empty.
The house they used to live in is now empty.
6. Chủ ngữ là 1 cụm từ hay 1 mệnh đề  V số ít.
Eg: Through the trees is the nearest way.
Opening my presents was exciting.
7. Every one of, each of, one of + danh từ số nhiều  V số ít.
Eg: One of these letters is for you.
8. A (large) number of, the majority of, a lot of, some of + danh từ số nhiều  V số nhiều.
Eg: The majority of people have complained.
* The number of  V số ít
9. Each, every + danh từ số ít  V số ít Eg: Each book and magazin is listed in the card catolog
10. None of, neither of, either of + danh từ số nhiều  V số ít.
Eg: None of the students has failed the test
* Có thể dùng V số nhiều nhưng không trang trọng (informal English)
11. Đại từ bất định như Something, everything, nothing…  V số ít
Eg: Someone was waiting at the door
12. Danh từ không đếm được  V số ít. Eg: This water is not safe enough to drink.
13. Một số danh từ có hình thức số nhiều nhưng mang nghĩa số ít  V số ít.
Eg: Mathematics is one of my core subjects
14. There is/was + danh từ số ít.
There are/were + danh từ số nhiều.
Eg: There are twenty five students in my class
There was an accident last night.
15. Một số danh từ có hình thức số ít nhưng mang nghĩa số nhiều  V số nhiều.
Eg: The police are investigating the crime.
16. The + tính từ làm chủ ngữ  V số nhiều. Eg: The sick are well cared in the hospital
Exercise 1: Circle the best answer.
1. One of ____________ a goldfish bowl on her kitchen table.
a. my friend keep c. my friend keeps
b. my friends keep d. my friends keeps
2. Every ____________ love.
a. man, woman and child needs c. man, woman and child need
b. men, women and children needs d. men, women and children need
3. One of the girls who ____________ in this office ____________ my niece
a. works / is b. works / are c. work / is d. work / are
4. Neither Lan nor her parents ____________ the film.
a. like b. likes c. is like d. are like
5. Each ____________ the same as the day before.
a. days was b. day was c. days were d. day were
6. More men than ____________ left handed.
a. woman are b. woman is c. women are d. women is
7. Every one of the students ____________ on time for class
a. is b. are c. were d. have been
8. There ____________ some money on the table.
a. are b. were c. have been d. is
9. This information about taxes ____________ helpful
a. were b. have been c. is d. are
35
10. The vegetables in the bowl on the table ____________ fresh.

a. looks b. smells c. are d. is
11. Writing ____________ her happy
a. letter makes b. letters makes c. letter make d. letters make
12. None of the money robbed from the banks last year ____________ yet.
a. has been found b. have been found c. has found d. have found
13. My father and mother ____________ for the same company.
a. works b. work c. is working d. has worked
14. The elderly ____________ this kind of music, but the young ____________.
a. don’t like / does b. doesn’t like / does c. don’t like / do d. doesn’t like / do
Exercise 2: Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. The news about Mr Hogan (be) ___________surprising.
2. Fifty minutes (be)___________the maximum length of the time allowed for the exam.
3. Many people in the world (not have) ___________enough food to eat.
4. The poor (need)___________ help from the community.
5. Listening to loud music at rock concerts (cause)_______ hearing loss in some teenagers these days.
6. There (be) ___________a lot of sheep in the field.
7. Ten miles (be) ___________ too far to walk.
8. Not only John but also his friends (want) ___________ to buy this race horse.
9. A number of students (recently participate) ___________ in intensive language programs abroad.
10. Sarah, along with 20 students, (plan) ___________a party now.
11. The number of students who (withdraw) ___________from class since the term began
(be) ___________quite high.
12. There (be) at least one window in every room.
13. A lot of students in my class (speak) ___________ and (undrstand) ___________ Spanish.
14. The trousers Lan’s bought (not, go) ___________ best with her shirt.
15. The information she gave me (be not) ___________valuable.
16. The number of days in a week (be) ___________seven.
17. Either you or he (have) ___________to do the task.
18. Two years without a job (be) ___________too long to be.
19. Every girl and boy (be) ___________required to have certain immunizations before enrolling in
public school.
20. Neither of John’s parents (be)___________ English.
Exercise 3: Find the incorrect part A, B, C and D.
1. Each of the rooms have its own bathroom.
A B C D
2. Everybody who have a fever must go home immediately
A B C D
3. Twenty five dollars are all I can afford to pay for this recorder
A B C D
4. All of the windows in my house was broken in the earthquake.

A B C D
5. The actress, along with her manager and some friends, are going to the party.
A B C D
6. Living expenses in this country are high.
A B C D
8. Result clauses
* Dùng : so, so... that, or such … that.
Ex: The lecture was boring and irrelevant, so some of the students began to fall asleep.
36
So + adjective + that
Ex: Their dog was so fierce that no one dared to come near it.

So + adverb + that
Ex: His speech went on so long that people began to fall asleep.
Our neighbours play their radio so loudly that we can’t sleep

So + adjective + a\an Noun + that
Ex: It is so good a story that I’ll never forget it.
He is so honest a man that he never tells lies
So + many\little\much\few + Noun +that

Ex: There was so much dust that we couldn’t see what was happening.
He made so many mistakes that I’m really disappointed.
He made so few mistakes that we are all surprised.
She has so little patience that he can’t tolerate any noise.
Such + adjective + Noun + that

Ex: They had such a fierce dog that no one dared to go near their house.
They are such careful students that they rarely make mistakes.
He writes with such great care that he rarely makes mistakes
* Ngòai ra có thể dùng : Therefore, Thus, In consequence, Consequently, For this/that reason,
* Trong một vài trường hợp có thể dùng : and as a result or with the result that.
Ex: The lecture was boring, and as a result some of the students began to fall asleep.
The lecture was boring, with the result that some of the students began to fall asleep
* As a result có thể được sử dụng ở đầu câu.
Ex: The lecture was boring. As a result, some of the students began to fall asleep.
Exercises:
I/Combine the sentences by using so…that or such….that:
1. This tea is good. I think I’ll have another cup.
………………………………………………………………………………….
2. It was an expensive car. We couldn’t afford to buy it.
………………………………………………………………………………….
3. The car was very expensive. We couldn’t afford to buy it.
………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Tommy ate too much candy. He got a stomachache.
………………………………………………………………………………….
5. The food was too hot. It burned my tongue.
………………………………………………………………………………….
6. She made many mistakes. She failed the exam.
………………………………………………………………………………….
7.It was a good book. I couldn’t put it down.
………………………………………………………………………………….
8. He walked very quickly. We couldn’t keep up with him.
………………………………………………………………………………….
37
9.It was nice weather. We went to the zoo.

………………………………………………………………………………….
10.The test was very easy. Everyone got a high score.
………………………………………………………………………………….
II/Choose the best answer:
1. There is _______noise that I can hear nothing
A. so many B. such C. so much D. so
2. My mouth is burning! This is ________spicy food that I don’t think I can finish it.
A. such B. so C. very D. too
3. It was raining ____I couldn’t go outside,.
A. because B. So hard that C. so that D. too hard that
4. My mouth is burning! This is ___________ spicy food that I don’t think I can finish it.
A. such B. so C. Very D. too
5. There are ________ planets in the universe that we can’t count them.
A. so much B. such C. so many D. so
6. He was _______ tired that he slept all days.
A. such B. too C. so D. very
7. They were ______busy studying ______ they couldn’t go to the restaurant with us.
A. so – that B. such – that C. very – that D. too - that
8. The runners are ______exhausted that none of them finished the race.
A. too B. such C. enough D. so
9. It was _____ a difficult question that I couldn’t answer it.
A. so B. such C. too D. very
10. It was ________ a boring speech that I fell asleep.
A. such B. so C. much D. too
9. Phrases and clauses of purpose

@ Phrases of Purpose :
Main clause + to / so as to / in order to + Verb (bare infinitive)

Ex: Sarah went to the computer lab to print out her research report.
The company conducted a detailed survey in order to gauge its clients’ views.
I went to see him so as to find out what had happened.
*Dạng phủ định :
Main clause + not to / so as not to / in order not to + Verb (bare infinitive)

Ex: He turned off the lights before going out so as not to waste electricity.
In order [ for + Object ]+ ( not ) to infinitive . ( Khác chủ ngữ )

Ex: The teacher uses a microphone in order for his students to hear his voice better.
38
@ Clauses of Purpose :
so that / lest
Main clause + in order that + S + will / would + bare infinitive
can / could
for fear that
Ex: The schoolboys are in a hurry in order that they will not be late for school.
Tom is saving up so that he can buy a new car.
Exercises :
I/ Combine the ideas using so that:

1. Rachel wanted to watch the news. She turned on the TV.
→…………………………………………………………………………...
2. Nancy is carrying extra courses every semester. She wants to graduate early.
→…………………………………………………………………………...
3. Ed took some change from his pocket. He wanted to buy a newspaper.
→…………………………………………………………………………...
4. I wanted to listen to the news while I was making dinner. I turned on the TV.
→…………………………………………………………………………...
5. I unplugged the phone. I didn’t want to be interrupted while I was working.
→…………………………………………………………………………...
II/ Choose the best answer:
1. Peter studies hard _____pass the exam.
A. less B. so that C. to D. in order that
2. A small fish needs camouflage to hide itself _______its enemies cannot find it.
A. so that B. because C. therefore D. due to
3. He felt ill, _______he went to bed early.
A. and B. but C. or D. so
4. We decided to join the English speaking club ______ improve our English.
A. so that B. so to C. in order D. to
5. She worked hard ______ everything would be ready by 6 o’clock.
A. that B. for C. in order that D. so as to
6. He gave me his address __________me to visit.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
7. She got up early _________ miss the bus.
A. in order that B. so that C. not to D. for
8. Mr. Thompson is learning Vietnamese __________ to read Kim Van Kieu.
A. so that not B. so as to C. in order not to D. so as not to
9. They hurried _______ catch the train.
A. to not B. as not to C. in order that not D. To
10. We learn English _________ we will have better communication with other people.
A. so that B. in order for C. in order to D. in case
Giáo viên dạy Anh nói chuyện với một giáo viên khác :
- Tui không thể chịu nổi sao lại có đứa học trò thế này.Chuyện là tôi có ra một
bài làm là hãy kể một câu chuyện ngắn bằng tiếng Anh , rồi nó kể câu chuyện
về hòang tử và công chúa.
Giáo viên kia thắc mắc:
39
_ Vậy có gì không ổn?

_ Không ổn là bài làm của nó như thế này:
Hòang tử và công chúa gặp nhau tại lâu đài.

Hòang tử hỏi :
- Can you speak Vietnamese?
Công chúa trả lời:
- Sure.
Thế là sau đó cả bài văn nó tòan viết bằng tiếng Việt hết.
10. WH- questions
Các câu hỏi với từ để hỏi cho phép người nói tìm thêm thông tin về chủ đề mình quan tâm.
Các từ để hỏi theo thông tin muốn tìm có thể được liệt kê như sau:
When? - Time => Hỏi thông tin về thời gian
Where? - Place => Hỏi thông tin về nơi chốn
Who? - Person => Hỏi thông tin về người
Why? - Reason => Hỏi lý do
How? - Manner => Hỏi cách thức, phương thức
What? – Object / Idea / Action =>Hỏi về vật / ý kiến / hành động
Các từ khác cũng có thể được sử dụng để hỏi các thông tin cụ thể:
Which (one)? - Choice of alternatives => Hỏi thông tin về sự lựa chọn
Whose? - Possession => Hỏi thông tin về sở hữu
Whom? - Person (objective formal) => Hỏi về người (ở dạng tân ngữ)
How much? - Price, amount (non-count) => Hỏi về giá cả, lượng (không đếm được)
How many? - Quantity (count) => Hỏi về lượng (đếm được)
How long? - Duration => Hỏi về thời gian
How often? - Frequency => Hỏi về mức độ thường xuyên
How far? - Distance => Hỏi về khoảng cách
What kind (of)?- Description => Yêu cầu mô tả thông tin
Exercises 1: Make questions with the underlined words/phrases

1. I received a letter from Lan last week.
2. Minh usually takes exercises after getting up.
3. I brush my teeth twice a day.
4. Nga has an appointment at 10.30 this morning.
5. She goes to bed at 9. p. m.
6. I began to study English 6 years ago.
7. They live in the city center.
8. I like ‘Tom and Jerry” because it’s very interesting.
9. Last night I went to disco with my friend.
10. She is worried about the next examination.
11. Music makes people different from all other animals.
12. They do their homework at night.
13. Mr. Robertson came to the party alone.
40
14. I like the red blouse, not the blue one.

15. That is an English book.
16. She talked to him for an hour.
17. He studies piano at the university.
18. It’s 063.3921680.
19. My father is a teacher.
20. I’m fine, thanks.
Exercises 2: Choose the best answer a, b, c or d?

1. Do you know ___ language is spoken in Kenya?
a. which b. who c. what d. how
2. ___ is your blood type?
3. ___ do you play tennis? For exercise.
4. ___ can I buy some milk? At the supermarket.
a. which b. who c. where d. how
5. ___ much do you weigh?
6. ___ hat is this? It's my brother's.
a. which b. whose c. what d. how
7. ___ can I park my car? Over there.
a. where b. who c. what d. how
8. ___ tall are you?
9. ___ do you expect me to do?
10. ___ do you like your tea? I like it with cream and sugar.
11. ___ picture do you prefer, this one or that one?
12. ___ is that woman? - I think she is a teacher.
a. which b. who c. when d. how
13. ___ book is this? It's mine.
a. which b. who c. whose d. how
14. ___ do you usually eat lunch? At noon.
a. which b. when c. what d. how
15. ___ you wash clothes every week?
16. ___ does your father work? At City Hall.
a. where b. who c. what d. how
17. ___ usually gets up the earliest in your family?
18. ___ do you think of this hotel? It's pretty good.
a. which b. why c. what d. how
19. ___ does your father work at that company? Because it's near our house.
41
a. which b. who c. why d. which

20. ___ dances the best in your family?
11. Reported speech

Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì quá khứ, để đổi câu trực tiếp sang câu gián tiếp, ta đổi BA yếu tố là ngôi,
thì của động từ và trạng từ chỉ thời gian và nơi chốn.
a. Ngôi:
- Đổi ngôi thứ NHẤT (I, me, my, mine &We, us ,our(s)) phù hợp với CHỦ NGỮ trong mệnh đề
chính
- Đổi ngôi thứ HAI (you , your(s)) phù hợp với TÂN NGỮ trong mệnh đề chính
- Ngôi thứ BA( he, him, his, she, her(s), it(s), they, them, their(s) ) không đổi
b. Thì và các trạng ngữ:
CÂU TRỰC TIẾP CÂU TƯỜNG THUẬT

PRESENT SIMPLE PAST SIMPLE
PRESENT CONTINUOUS PAST CONTINUOUS ( S + was/were + V-ing)
PRESENT PERFECT / PAST PAST PERFECT (S + had + P.P)
SIMPLE
PAST CONTINUOUS PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
(S + had + been + v-ing)
Will / shall + bare inf Would / should + bare inf
Must + bare inf Had to + bare inf
Is / am/ are going to Was / were going to
Can / May Could / Might
This / these That / those
Now Then
Here There
Ago Before
The day after tomorrow In 2 days' time
The day before yesterday 2 days before
Today / tonight That day / that night
Tomorrow The day after / the following day / the next day
Yesterday The day before / the previous day
Last night / month / week / year The night / month / week / year before.
I. Commands: Câu mệnh lệnh

told / asked / begged / to inf
S+ warned / required / +O+
requested ... not to inf
Ex1: “Please give this book to him tomorrow”. I said to Lan

→ I told Lan to give that book to him the following day.
Ex2: The teacher said “Nam, don’t put your leg on the chair.”
→ The teacher asked Nam not to put his leg on the chair.
42
Câu đề nghị ai đó giúp làm việc gì 1 cách lịch sự:

“ Would you mind + V-ing ...........?”
Would
Will
Can + you (please) + bare inf ......?
Could
S + asked / told + O + to inf ...

Ex: “Could you please show me the way to the market ?” The stranger said to the boy.
→ The stranger told / asked the boy to show him / her the way to the market.
II. Statements: Câu phát biểu:

told + O
S+ +S+V
said (to + O )
Ex1: Miss. Hoa said: “You should improve your English pronunciation, Lien”
→ Miss Hoa told Lien (that) she should improve her English pronunciation.
Ex2: “ I did my homework yesterday” Minh said.
→ Minh said he had done his homework the day before.
Ex3: "Linh is repairing your bike now” I said to Lan.
→ I told Lan (that) Linh was repairing her bike then.
III. Questions: Câu hỏi

1. WH – questions:
Ex: “ What are you doing now ?” I asked her.
I asked her what she was doing then.
2. Yes – No questions:
wanted to know question word + S + V ( WH-questions)
S+ wondered +
asked + O if / whether + S +V (Yes - No questions)
Ex: “Do you like classical music, Nam ?” Miss Hoa asked.
→ Miss Hoa asked Nam if he liked classical music.
IV. Những trường hợp không thay đổi thì của động từ:
a. Khi động từ tường thuật ở thì hiện tại hoặc tương lai
Ex: She says to me: "I like classical music".
→ She tells me she likes classical music.
b. Nếu câu trực tiếp là câu điều kiện loại 2 và loại 3
Ex: "If the weather were fine, we could go camping", Peter said.
→ Peter said if the weather were fine, they could go camping.
c. Nếu trong câu trực tiếp có các trợ động từ: should, would, could, ought to, might, used to, had
better
Ex: "You should practice speaking English every day" the teacher said to Mai.
→ The teacher said that Mai should practice speaking English every day.
d. Thì quá khứ giả định (past subjunctive) vẫn giữ nguyên sau: (I) wish ..., would rather ..., It’s
time...
43
Ex: She said “I wish I had a lot of books.”

→ She told me she wished she had a lot of books.
e. Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả 1 sự thật hiển nhiên, 1 chân lí
Ex: She said " Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius."
→ She said that water boils at 100 degrees Celsius.
Tĩm tắt Câu gián tiếp (reported speech)

A/ Statements 1 * S + V1( said) + (that) + S2+ V2+( ADV of time/ place)
(Câu phát biểu) 2 * S + V1( told )+ O + (that) + S2+ V2+( ADV of time/ place)
B/ Commands 1* S+ V+ (not) + to infinitive

(Câu mệnh lệnh) (promise, (dis)agree, refuse, threaten, hope, expect, want, ask, wish,
need, dare, offer, plan, fail, swear, try, pretend, manage, intend,
choose, fear, demand, seem, tend…)
2* S + V + O + (not) + to infinitive
(ask, tell, order, beg, allow, remind, encourage, advise, invite, warn,
wish, want, command, force, suspect, forbid, need, permit,urge,
recommend…)
3* S + V +(prep) + Ving
(suggest, deny, detest, delay, postpone, fancy, imagine, keep, risk,
avoid, appreciate, admit, miss, practise, dislike, enjoy, save, hate, love,
mind, mention, prefer, object to, look forward to, apologize for, feel
like, insist on, think of, dream of, worry about, confess to, approve
of…)
4* S + V + O + prep + Ving
(warn…against, blame…for, thank…for, accuse…of, congratulate …
on, discourage…from, forgive…for, prevent…from, stop… from,
suspect…of…)
C1/ 1 * S + asked + (O) + wh-… + clause (S+V)
Wh-questions 2 * S + wondered + wh-… + clause (S+V)
3 * S + wanted to know + wh-… + clause (S+V)
C2/ 1 * S + asked + (O) + if / whether + clause (S+V)

Yes-no questions 2 * S + wondered + if /whether + clause (S+V)
3 * S + wanted to know + if / whether + clause (S+V)
EXERCISES:
I. (REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS)
Change these sentences into Reported Speech:
1. Nam said “I am told to be at school before 7 o’clock”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
2. Thu said “All the students will have a meeting next week”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. Phong said “My parents are very proud of my good marks”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. The teacher said “All the homework must be done carefully”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. Her father said to her “You can go to the movie with your friend”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
6. Hoa said “I may visit my parents in the summer”.
44
…………………………………………………………………………….
7. The teacher said “We can collect old books for the poor students”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
8. She said “He doesn’t buy this book”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
9. The boys said “We have to try our best to win the match”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
10. Her classmate said “Lan is the most intelligent girl in our class”.
…………………………………………………………………………….
II. (REPORTED SPEECH: YES/NO QUESTIONS)
Change these questions into Reported Speech:
1. “Do you enjoy reading?” Phong asked Peter
…………………………………………………………………………….
2. “Does she like sports?” Hoa asked Lan
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. “Do your sister and brother go to the same school?” She asked Nam
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. “Are there any oranges in the fridge?” She asked her mom
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. “Will it rain tomorrow morning?” He asked his friend
…………………………………………………………………………….
6. “Did you go to Hue three years ago?” Tam asked Peter
…………………………………………………………………………….
7. “Are Tam and Hoa late for class?” Tuan asked Lan
…………………………………………………………………………….
8. She said to me “Can you speak Chinese?”
…………………………………………………………………………….
9. “Will she be here for five days?” Tam asked Thu
…………………………………………………………………………….
10. “Are you reading now?” She asked Ba
…………………………………………………………………………….
III.(REPORTED SPEECH: WH-QUESTIONS)
1. “Where does your father work?” The teacher asked me
…………………………………………………………………………….
2. “How many people are there in your family?” She asked Lan
…………………………………………………………………………….
3. Tam’s friend asked him “How long will you stay in England?”
…………………………………………………………………………….
4. "Where have you been?" the mother asked her daughter.
…………………………………………………………………………….
5. Lien said to her teacher “What can we do to help him?”
…………………………………………………………………………….
6. “How did you go to the airport?” His friend asked him
…………………………………………………………………………….
7. “How much does this dress cost?” Lan asked Lien
…………………………………………………………………………….
8. Ba asked Tam “How often do you wash your clothes?”
…………………………………………………………………………….
9. “When will your father leave Vietnam for the USA?” Phong asked Thu
45
…………………………………………………………………………….
10. “What are our children doing in the room ?”Mr. Nguyen asked his wife.
…………………………………………………………………………….
IV.(REPORTED SPEECH: IMPERATIVES)
1/ The manager said : “ Come into my office, please.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
2/ The teacher said to us : “Don’t make so much noise.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
3/ Mr.Green said : “Please come to our dinner tonight, Bill.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
4/ Susan said to Tom : “Don’t call me again at this late hour.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
5/ She said to the boy : “Show me what you have in your hand.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
6/ The policeman ordered : “Stay where you are and don’t touch anything.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
7/ The old lady said : “Will you please water these flowers for me.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
8/ She said : “Don’t leave your coat on this chair.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
9/ She said to him : “Don’t speak to me like that and behave yourself.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
10/ Peter said : “Would you mind lending me your dictionary till next Monday.”
…………………………………………………………………………….
V.Choose the best option that best completes each sentence:
1/. Ba told me that he was leaving for the capital _____________.
A. tomorrow B. the following week C. tonight D. next Sunday
2/. They asked me how many children_______________ .
A. I had B. had I C. I have D. have I
3/. Thu said she had been_____________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
4/. They told their parents that they______________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
5/. She______________ me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
6/. He asked me who the editor of that book____________ .
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
7/. He wants to know whether I_____________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
8/. I wonder why he______________ love his family.
A. doesn’t B. don’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
9/ “I didn’t witness that accident.”
A. He denied not having witnessed that accident. B. He denied having witnessed that accident.
C. He denied not having witnessing that accident. D. He denied not had witnessed that accident.
10/ “Would you like to join our team?”, he said.
A. He said to me would you like to join our team. B. He told me if I would like to join their team.
C. He invited me to join their team. D. He asked me if I would like to join our team
11/ “You cheated in the exam.” The teacher said to his students
A. The teacher insisted his students on cheating in the exam.
46
B. The teacher prevented his students from cheating in the exam.

C. The teacher advised his students to cheat in the exam.
D. The teacher accused his students of cheating in the exam.
12/ “Don’t touch that flower.” the old lady said to the boy.
A. The old lady wanted the boy not to touching that flower.
B. The old lady insisted the boy on touching that flower.
C. The old lady warned the boy against touching that flower.
D. The old lady congratulated the boy on touching that flower.
13/ “Let’s go on a walk holiday!” said Jane.
A. Jane suggested going on a walking holiday. B. Jane wanted us to go on a walking holiday.
C. Jane invited us to go on a walking holiday. D. Jane allowed us to go on a walking
holiday.
14/ " Don't forget to give the book back to Mary," he said to me.
A. He reminded me to give the book back to Mary.
B. He reminded me to forget to give the book back to Mary.
C. He advised me to give the book back to Mary.
D. He advised me to forget to give the book back to Mary.
15/“If I were you, I would take the job”, said my friend.
A. My friend was thinking about taking the job. B. My friend insisted on taking the job for me.
C. My friend advised me to take the job. D. My friend introduced the idea of taking the job to me.
12. Enough/Too ... to inf – Used to/ Be (get) used to

A. Structure:
S + be + adj/adv + enough + (for + O) + to-infinitive
Ex: a. He is tall enough to play volleyball.
b. He drives carefully enough to be safe.
c. The weather was fine enough for us to go on a picnic.
Note: enough còn có vị trí khác là đứng trước danh từ
Enough + Noun
Ex: enough time, enough money…
TOO + Adj / Adv + (For someone) + TO + Infinitive (quá…đến nỗi không..)
EX - It is too late to go to the movies.

- The lecture was too boring for us to listen to.
- He spoke too fast for me to understand him.
Cách biến đổi
- Ta đổi: TOO + Adj/Adv  Not + trái nghĩa của ADJ/ADV + Enough.
- Chú ý một số tính từ trái nghĩa thường gặp:
1 Bad : Xấu ≠ Good, fine : Tốt, đẹp
2 Beautiful : Đẹp ≠ Ugly Xấu xí
3 Big : Bự, lớn ≠ Small Nhỏ
4 Bright,light : Sáng ≠ Dark : Tối
5 Busy : Bận rộn ≠ Free : Rảnh rỗi
6 Careful(ly) : Cẩn thận ≠ Careless(ly) : Bất cẩn
7 Cheap : Rẻ ≠ Expensive : Mắc, đắt tiền
8 Clever : Khéo léo ≠ Silly, stupid : Ngớ ngẩn
9 Cloudy : Có mây ≠ Couldless : Không có mây
47
10 Cold : Lạnh lẽo ≠ Hot : Nóng

11 Cool : Mát mẻ ≠ Warm : Ấm áp
12 Difficult : Khó ≠ Easy : Dễ
13 Dirty : Bẩn thỉu ≠ Clean, pure : Sạch, trong lành
14 Dry : Khơ ≠ Wet : Ướt
15 Early : Sớm ≠ Late : Trễ
16 Empty : Trống ≠ Full : Đầy
17 Excited : Hay ≠ Bored : Buồn, dở
18 Far : Xa ≠ Near : Gần
19 Fast : Nhanh ≠ Slow : Chậm chạp
20 Strong mạnh Weak Yếu
21 Happy : Vui ≠ Sad, bored : Buồn
22 Hard : Cứng/ khó ≠ Soft/ easy : Mềm/ dễ
23 High : Cao ≠ Low : Thấp
24 Hungry : Đói ≠ Full : No
25 Large : Lớn ≠ Small : Nhỏ
26 Lazy : Lười biếng ≠ Hard-working : Siêng năng
27 Light : Nhẹ ≠ Heavy : Nặng
28 Long : Dài ≠ Short : Ngắn
29 Noisy : Ồn ào ≠ Quiet : Yên tịnh
30 Old : Cũ/ già ≠ New/young : Mới/ trẻ
31 Polluted : ô nhiễm ≠ Pure : Trong lành
32 Poor : Nghèo ≠ Rich : Giàu
33 Quick(ly) : Nhanh ≠ Slow(ly) : Chậm
34 Right : Đúng ≠ Wrong : Sai
Exercise
I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D:
1/ Peter didn’t arrive in time to see her.
A. Peter wasn’t early enough to see her.
B. Peter wasn’t enough early to see her.
C. Peter wasn’t too early to see her.
D. Peter was so late that I can’t see her.
2/ The lesson is easy enough for us to understand it
A B C D
3/ The book is so expensive that she can’t buy it.
A. The book is too expensive for her to buy.
B. The book isn’t cheap enough for her to buy it.
C. It is such expensive book that she can’t buy it.
D. All are correct
4/ eight hours/ John/ be/ old/ work/ a day/ enough
A. John is old enough to work eight hours a day.
B. John is old enough working eight hours a day.
C. John is enough old working eight hours a day.
D. John is enough old to work eight hours a day.
5/ The Switch was too high for him to catch.
A. He wasn’t tall enough for reaching the switch.
B. He wasn’t tall enough to reach the switch.
C. He wasn’t enough tall to reach the switch.
48
D. He wasn’t so tall that to reach the switch.

6/ The switch is ……… high for her to reach
A. very B. too C. enough D. so
7/ Would to be ……… to hold the door open ?
A. too kind B. kind enough C. as kind D. so kind
8/ The car is too expensive for him to buy
A. He is not rich enough to buy a car
B. He is not rich enough to buy the car
C. He is not rich enough to buy car
D. He is poor enough to buy the car
9/ These televisions are all too expensive for we to buy at this time, but perhaps we will return later.
A B C D
10/ They are not ……… to take part in this program of the World Health Organization.
A. old enough B. enough old C. so old D. as old
11/ Paul was …… disappointed with his examination results that he was sad all week.
A. too B. enough C. so D. such
12.They are not …… to join the army.
A. old enough B. so old C. enough old D. as old
13. We’re eighteen, so we’re …… vote.
A. too old to B. old enough to C. young enough to D. old enough for
14. They spoke …… for us to understand.
A. slow enough B. so slowly C. slowly so D. slowly enough
15. weather / bad /us / go/ picnic
A. The weather was so bad for us to go on a picnic.
B. The weather was too bad for us to go on a picnic.
C. The weather was bad enough for us to go on a picnic.
D. The weather was such bad for us to go on a picnic.
16/ The story is short enough for her to read.
A. It is such a short story that she can read it.
B. It is such a short story that she can read.
C. The story is too short for her to read.
D. It is such a short story for her to read.
17/ Your brother is too young to see the horror film.
A. Your brother is so young for him to see the horror film.
B. Your brother is very young that he can’t see the horror film.
C. Your borther is not old enough to see the horror film.
D. Your brother is old enough for him to see the horror film.
18/ The dress is not big enough for her to wear.
A. The dress is too small for her to wear.
B. The dress is so small that she can’t wear it.
C. It is such a small dress that she can’t wear it.
D. All are correct
19/ Daisy isn’t old enough to get married.
A. Daisy isn’t as old as she get married.
B. Daisy isn’t too young for her to get married.
C. Daisy is too young to get married.
D. Daisy is so young for her to get married
20/ The shirt isn’t large enough for him to wear.
A. The shirt is so small that he can’t wear.
49
B. The shirt is so small for him to wear.

C. It is such a small shirt for him to wear.
D. The shirt is too small for him to wear.
II. Combine these pairs of sentences, using the structure with “Enough” with the words given:
1/ I can’t wear this coat in winter. It is not warm.
 This coat............................................................................................................................
2/ Don’t stand on that chair. It is not strong.
That chair...........................................................................................................................
3/ Two people can’t sleep in this bed. It is not wide.
This bed..............................................................................................................................
4/ The film was very interesting. We saw it through.
The film..............................................................................................................................
5/ The boy is very intelligent. He can understand you.
The boy..............................................................................................................................
6/ He didn’t speak English clearly. Everyone couldn’t understand him.
He.......................................................................................................................................
7/ The girl is not clever. She can’t mend this shirt.
The girl...............................................................................................................................
8/ The book is very exciting. You should read it.
The book............................................................................................................................
9/ These songs are very simple. Everybody can sing them.
These songs........................................................................................................................
10/ The weather was very good. We went swimming.
The weather............................................................................................................................
11/ He didn’t get the job. He wasn’t experienced.
He.......................................................................................................................................
12/ Three people can’t sit on this sofa. It isn’t large.
This sofa.............................................................................................................................
III. Rewrite the following sentences, using the structure “Enough….” with the words given:
13/ It was such an intersting novel that I read it many times.
The novel...........................................................................................................................
14/ This question is so easy that we can answer.
This question......................................................................................................................
15/ The water was so cold that the children could not swim in it.
The water was not..............................................................................................................
16/ IT was such a light box that he could carry it.
The box..............................................................................................................................
17/ The work is so hard that he asks his friend for some help.
The work............................................................................................................................
18/ It was such good weather that we went on a picnic.
The weather........................................................................................................................
19/ I won’t swim in the sea because it’s too cold.
The sea...............................................................................................................................
20/ It is such a simple song that she can sing it
The song...............................................................................................................................
B. USED TO – BE (GET) USED TO:

- “Used to + infinitive” dùng để diễn tả một thói quen ở quá khứ.
Ex: He used to swim when he was six.
50
Ở đây “used to” có nghĩa là “thường, đã từng”.

- “be (get) used to + v-ing”: quen với, (trở nên quen với).
Ex: My mother is used to getting up early everyday.
He got used to walking five kilometers a day because he’s lost his
bicycle.
- “be (get) used to + Noun”
Ex: Tom has got used to the cold weather since he came here.
S+ use + noun (sử dụng)

used to + bare inf. (thường/ đã từng)
be used to + V-ing/ noun (phrase) (quen với)
get used to + V-ing/ noun (phrase) ( quen dần với)
be used for + V-ing (…được dùng để…)
Exercise:
I/ Put in used to + infinitive , be/ get used to + V-ing or be used for Use the verbs in brackets.
1. When I was a child. I ………………………… (dream) of being an astronaut.
2. I’m terribly nervous. I ………………………… (not/ speak) to a large audience.
3. It took us ages to …………………………… (live) in an apartment house.
4. Lots of trains …………………………… (stop) here, but not many do now.
5. Didn’t Nick …………………………… (work) on a building site?
6. I’ll have an orange juice, please. I……………… (not/ drink) alcohol.
7. When Laura was at college, she ……………… (have) a picture of Elvis Presley on her bedroom wall.
8. There …………………………… (be) a cinema here but it was knocked down a few years ago.
9. When she arrived in Britain, she ………………… (not/ drive) on the left, but she soon got used to it.
10. I …………………………… (live) in Finland, but now I live in France.
11. I …………………………… (sit) at this desk. I sit here every day.
12. I ……………………… (sit) in the back of the classroom, but now I prefer to sit in the front row.
13. People …………………………… (believe) the earth was flat.
14. Trains …………………………… (be) the main means of cross-continental travel. Today, most
people take airplanes for long-distance travel.
15. Ms. Stanton’s job requires her to travel extensively throughout the world. She
…………………………… (travel) by plane.
II/ Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the sentence.

1. When I was a child, I …………………………… like ice-cream, but I don’t like it now.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
2. Shampoo ………………………washing your hair.
A. is used to B. gets used to C. is used for D. uses
3. I ……………………………wearing glasses.
A. am used to B. used to C. use D. am used for
4. We live in the capital now but we …………………
live in a small village.
A. used to B. are used to C. use D. get used to
5. Gold …………………………… making jewelries.
A. gets used to B. uses C. used to D. is used for
6. The baby ………………………… getting up early.
A. used to B. don’t get used to C. is not used to D. is used for
51
7. Cheques and credit cards ………………………… storing wealth.

A. use B are used for C. used to D. get used to
8. Jack doesn’t smoke any more but he ……………………………… smoke 20 cigarettes a day.
A. uses B. is used to C. is used for D. used to
9. Money …………………………… buy food, furniture and other things.
A. is used for B. used to C. uses D. is used to
10. She usually …………………………… dictionary to find the meaning of difficult words.
A. is used to B. is used for C. used to D. uses
11. He ……………………………reading newspaper in the morning.
A. used to B. is used C. is used for D. gets used to
12. A raincoat …………………………… protecting us from rain.
A. is used to B. used to C. is used for D. uses
13. …………………………… eat sweet a lot when you were a child?
A. You used to B. Are you used to C. Did you use to D. Did you use
14.Even though Jackson is only 12, he ……flying on airplanes. His father is a pilot and has taken
Jackson with him in a plane many times.
A. is used for B. is used C. gets used to D. used to
15. Michael ………………… taking care of himself. He left home when he was 15 and
has been on his own ever since.
A. is used to B. gets used C. is used for D. used to
13. Phrasal verbs

SOME COMMON PHRASAL VERBS ( MỘT SỐ CỤM ĐỘNG TỪ THƯỜNG GẶP )
1. catch up / catch up with : bắt kịp , theo kịp .

2. cool off ( nhiệt tình ) nguội lạnh đi , giảm đi .
3. fall behind : thụt lui , tụt lại đằng sau .
4. fill in : điền vào , ghi vào .
5. get over : vượt qua, khắc phục = recover from
6. get up : thức dậy .
7. give in : nhượng bộ , chịu thua .
8. give up = stop : từ bỏ , bỏ
9. go away : biến mất , tan đi .
10. go in : vào , đi vào .
11. go off ( chuông ) : reo , ( súng , bom ) : nổ , ( sữa ) : chua, hỏng , ( thức ăn ) : ươn,
thối , ( đèn ) tắt , ( máy móc ) : hư = explore
12. go on = continue : tiếp tục ** go over : xem xét
13. go out ( ánh sáng , lửa , đèn ) : tắt
14. go up : lớn lên , trưởng thành = grow up , ( giá cả) : tăng lên
15. go down : (giá cả) : giảm xuống
16. go after : theo đuổi
17. go by ( thời gian ) : trôi qua
18. hold up = stop =delay : hoãn lại , ngừng
19. hurry up : làm gấp
20. keep up with : theo kịp , bắt kịp .
21. lie down : nằm nghỉ
52
22. look after : chăm sóc

23. look up : tìm , tra cứu ( trong sách , từ điển )
24. look for : tìm kiếm
25. put on : mặc ( quần áo ) , mang ( giày ) , đội ( mũ) , mở ( đèn )
26. speak up : nói to , nói thẳng
27. take after = resemble : giống
28. take off : cởi ( quần áo , giày , mũ ) ; (máy bay) cất cánh
29. try out : thử )
30. turn off : khóa , tắt ( đèn , máy móc , động cơ …)
31. turn round : quay lại , thay đổi hướng
32. try on : mặc thử ( quần áo)
33. turn on : mở ( đèn , máy móc , động cơ …)
34.turn up : đến = arrive = appear ( xuất hiện )
35.wait up ( for ) : thức đợi ai
36. wash up : rửa bát đĩa .
37.watch out : đề phòng , chú ý
38. Put off= delay/ pospone
39.look out = be careful
40. look at : nhìn
1.What may happen if John will not arrive in time?

A go along B . count on C keep away D. turn up
2.Johnny sometimes visits his grandparents in the countryside.
A. calls on B. keeps off C. takes in D. goes up
3.They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic.
A. take up B. turn round C. put off D. do with
4.I do not use those things any more. You can _______ them away.
A get B. fall C throw D. make
5.They were late for work because their car _______ down.
A got B. put C. cut D. broke
6.At the station, we often see the sigh “________ for pickpockets”.
A. watch on B. watch out C. watch up D. watch at
7.. I am late because my alarm clock didn’t _________ this morning.
A. come on B. ring out C. go off D. turn on
8.UNESCO _____ United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
A. stands for B. brings about C. takes after D gets across
9.Don't forget to ________ your gloves on. It is cold outside.
A let B . make C put D. fix
10.The passengers had to wait because the plane ______ off one hour late.
A. took B. turned C. cut D. made
11.The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt.
A put on B. went off C got out D kept up
12.My father still hasn’t really recovered from the death of my mother.
A went over B. got over C. took over D looked over
13.I can’t _____ walking. Can we stop and have a short rest?
A go on B. get on C. go up D. get up
53
14.When you are finished using the computer, can you please ______ it off.
A take B . turn C . do D go
15.If you want to be healthy . you should ………….your bad habits in your lifestyles
A give up B call off C break down D get over
14. Prepositions
Giới từ là từ hay cụm từ thường được dùng trước danh từ hay đại từ để chỉ mối liên hệ giữa các từ
này với các thành phần khác trong câu.
I. Các loại giới từ (Kinds of preposition):
1. Giới từ chỉ thời gian (Prepositions of time):
• IN (trong, vào) được dùng để chỉ các buổi trong ngày (ngoại trừ at night), tháng, năm, mùa, thập niên,
thế kỷ hoặc khoảng thời gian ở tương lai.
Ex: in the morning, in January, in 1990, in the summer, in the 1990s, in the 20th century,
in the Middle Age, in ten minutes
IN TIME: đúng lúc, kịp lúc
Ex: Will you be home in time for dinner?
• AT (vào lúc) được dùng để chỉ thời điểm hoặc các kỳ nghỉ (tòan bộ những ngày trong kỳ nghỉ)
Ex: at 6 o’clock, at night, at noon, at midnight, at bedtime, at dawn, at the weekend,
at Christmas, at New Year, at Easter
At : được dùng trong một số cụm từ chỉ thời gian: at the moment, at present, at the same time, at once,
at that time, at first, at last
• ON (vào) được dùng để chỉ ngày trong tuần, ngày tháng trong năm, ngày trong kỳ nghỉ hoặc các buổi
trong ngày cụ thể.
Ex: on Monday, on 5th January, on Christmas Day, on Monday morning, on one’s birthday
ON TIME: đúng giờ
Ex: The train arrived right on time.
• FOR (trong) + khoảng thời gian: for two months, for a long time
• SINCE (từ, từ khi) + mốc thời gian: since last Monday, since 2002
• UNTIL/ TILL (đến, cho đến): until 5 o’clock, till midnight
• BEFORE (trước, trước khi): before lunchtime
• AFTER (sau, sau khi): after luchtime
• DURING (trong, suốt): during World War II
• BY (vào lúc): by the end of May
• FROM … TO (từ … đến): from morning to noon
2. Giới từ chỉ nơi chốn (Prepositions of place):
• AT (ở, tại) được dùng để chỉ vị trí tại một điểm.
Ex: at home, at school, at the bus stop, at the airport, at the office, at the cinema, at the seaside, at the
grocer’s, at the top/ bottom, at the beginning/ end, at the front/ back
* Lưu ý: arrive at the village/ the airport/ the railway station
But: arrive in Vietnam/ Ho Chi Minh City
• IN (trong, ở trong) được dùng để chỉ vị trí trong một diện tích, một không gian; dùng trước tên đường,
tên thị trấn, thành phố, quốc gia, miền, phương hướng hoặc dùng với các phương tiện đi lại bằng xe hơi
(car).
Ex: in a box, in a small room, in the countryside, in the world, in Oxford Street, in London, in Vietnam,
in the east, in a car/ taxi
* Lưu ý: in a car (trong xe hơi), but: by car (bằng xe hơi)
• ON (trên, ở trên) được dùng để chỉ vị trí trên bề mặt, số tầng trong một tòa nhà, trước tên đường (US)
hoặc dùng với một số phương tiện đi lại.
54
Ex: on the table, on the wall, on the ground, on the first floor, on Albert Street, on a bus/ train/ plane/
(motor)bike/ horse, on foot
On cịn được dùng trong một số cụm từ: on the left/ right, on the farm, on the coast/ beach, on TV/
radio…
• ABOVE/ OVER (bên trên – không tiếp xúc với bề mặt)
Ex: Her name comes above mine on the list.
The sign over the door said: “Exit”.
• UNDER/ BELOW (ở dưới, dưới)

Ex: The shoes are under the chair.
The temperature has fallen below zero.
• IN FRONT OF (ở phía trước), BEHIND (ở phía sau), IN THE MIDDLE OF (ở giữa)
Ex: I hung my raincoat in front of/ behind the door.
• NEAR (gần)
Ex: Is there a train station near here?
• NEXT TO, BY, BESIDE (bên cạnh, kế bên)
Ex: Peter is standing by the gate.
• BETWEEN (ở giữa hai người/ vật), AMONG (ở giữa nhiều người/ vật)
Ex: Tom is sitting between Mary and Peter.
Tom is among the crowd.
• INSIDE (ở bên trong), OUTSIDE (ở bên ngòai)
Ex: Luckily, no one was inside the building when it collapsed.
• OPPOSITE (đối diện)
Ex: They sat opposite each other.
3. Giới từ chỉ sự chuyển động (Prepositions of movement):
• TO (đến)
Ex: He goes to school by bus.
• FROM … TO (từ … đến)
Ex: How far is it from New York to California?
• THROUGH (xuyên qua)
Ex: They walked through the woods.
• ACROSS (ngang qua)
Ex: The children ran straight across in front of our car.
• ROUND/ AROUND (quanh)
Ex: The earth moves round/ around the sun.
• ALONG (dọc theo)
Ex: We had a walk along the river bank.
• UP (lên)/ DOWN (xuống)
Ex: We followed her up the stair.
• TOWARD(S) (về phía)
Ex: Mary stood up and walked towards Peter.
4. Một số giới từ khác:
- Giới từ chỉ mục đích: for, to, in order to, so as to (để)
- Giới từ chỉ nguyên nhân: for, because of, owning to (bởi vì)
- Giới từ chỉ phương tiện: by, with (bằng), through (nhờ qua)
- Giới từ chỉ thể cách: with ( với), without (không có)
- Giới từ chỉ sự tương quan: according to (tùy theo), instead of (thay vì), in spite of (mặc dù)
II. Giới từ theo sau danh từ, tính từ và động từ (Prepositions following nouns, adjectives, and
verbs):
1. Noun + preposition:
55
FOR
affection for: yêu mến need for: sự cần thiết cho
demand for: nhu cầu về reputation for: sự nổi tiếng
reason for: lý do về regret for: nuối tiếc
responsibility for: trách nhiệm admiration for: khâm phục
talent for: tài năng desire for: sự mong muốn
cure for: việc chữa trị cho
IN
rise in: phát triển, tăng increase in: phát triển, tăng
decresase in: giảm belief in: tin
experience in: có kinh nghiệm interest in: thích, quan tâm
delay in: trì hõan
OF
cause of: nguyên nhân advantage/ disadvantage of: thuận lợi/ bất lợi
knowledge of: kiến thức lack of: thiếu
opinion of: ý kiến benefit of: lợi ích
example of: ví dụ sense of: ý thức
TO
damage to: sự hư hại đối với invitation to: lời mời
reaction to: phản ứng solution to: giải pháp
attitude to: thái độ access to: phương tiện
threat to: đe dọa reply to: đáp lại
ON
effect on: ảnh hưởng influence on: ảnh hưởng
advice on: khuyên report on: báo cáo
WITH
relationship with: mối quan hệ connection with: sự liên quan với
contact with: sự tiếp xúc với association with: sự kết giao với
link with: liên kết với trouble with: có vấn đề với
BETWEEN
difference between: sự khác biệt comparison between: so sánh
2. Adjective + preposition:
ABOUT
annoyed (with sb) about: bực tức excited about: hào hứng
anxious/ worried about: lo lắng furious about: điên tiết về
careful about: cẩn thận về happy about: hạnh phúc
careless about: bất cẩn về sad/ upset about: buồn/ thất vọng
concerned about: quan tâm serious about: nghiêm túc về
confused about: nhầm lẩn về sorry about/ for: xin lỗi về
AT
amazed at: kinh ngạc về good at: dở về (good for: tốt cho)
bad at: dở về (bad for: xấu cho) quick at: nhanh nhẹn về
clever at: khéo léo về skillful at: khéo léo về
excellent at: xuất sắc về surprised at: ngạc nhiên về
FOR
available for: có sẵn late for: trễ
eager for: nóng lòng chờ necessary for: cần thiết cho
eligible for: xứng đáng cho responsible for: chịu trách nhiệm
famous for: nổi tiếng useful for: có ích cho
known for: nổi tiếng
56
FROM
absent from: vắng mặt ở free from/ of: thóat khỏi
different from: khác với safe from: an tòan
IN
disappointed in/ with: thất vọng involved in: có liên quan
interested in: quan tâm rich in: giàu có, phong phú
successful in: thành công
OF
afraid of: sợ full of: đầy
ahead of: đi trước guilty of: có tội
ashamed of: hổ thẹn independent of: độc lập
aware/ conscious of: ý thức jealous of: ghen tị
capable of: có khả năng proud of: tự hào
certain of/ about: chắc về scared of: hoảng sợ
confident of: tự tin short of: cạn kiệt
envious of: ghen tị sure of: chắc
fond of: thích tired of: chán
frightened of: sợ typical of: tiêu biểu
TO
accustomed to: quen grateful to sb for sth: biết ơn
addicted to: nghiện opposed to: phản đối
committed to: tận tụy harmful to: có hại cho
contrary to: trái với important to: quan trọng với
dedicated to: tận tụy married to: thành hơn với
devoted to: tận tâm open to: mở ra cho
equal to: bằng với similar to: tương tự với
essential to/ for: cần thiết cho
WITH
acquainted with: quen với friendly with: thân thiện
angry with/ at sb about sth: giận happy with/ about: hạnh phúc về
angry with/ at sb for doing sth: giận honest with: thành thật với
bored with/ fed up with: chán với identical with: giống hệt với
busy with: bận rộn với impatient with: mất kiên nhẫn với
crowded with: đông đúc patient with: kiên nhẫn với
disappointed with: thất vọng pleased/ satisfied with: hài lòng với
familiar with: quen thuộc với popular with: phổ biến với
OF/ TO
generous/ good/ kind/ nice/ polite/ rude/ stupid… to sb
generous/ good/ kind/ nice/ polite/ rude/ stupid… of sb to do sth
3. Verb + preposition:
ABOUT
care about sb/ sth: coi trọng remind sb about sth: nhắc ai nhớ
(care for: thích) (remind sb of sb/ sth: gợi ai nhớ đến)
complain about: phàn nàn talk about sb/ sth: nói chuyện về
dream about/ of sb/ sth: mơ về tell sb about sb/ sth: nói với ai về
forget about: quên think about/ of sb/ sth: nghĩ về
hear about sth: nghe nói về warn sb about/ of sth: cảnh báo về
(hear from sb: nghe tin tức của ai) worry about: lo lắng
learn about: biết
57
AT
aim (sth) at sb/ sth: nhắm vào shout at sb: la mắng ai
arrive at/ in: đến tại (shout to sb: goi lớn ai)
glance at sb/ sth: liếc nhìn smile at sb: mỉm cười với ai
laugh at sb: cười nhạo ai stare at sb/ sth: nhìn chăm chú
look at sb/ sth: nhìn vào throw sth at sb: ném mạnh vào ai
point (sth) at sb/ sth: chĩa vào (throw sth to sb: ném cho ai bắt)
FOR
apply for sth: nộp đơn xin leave (a place) for: rời.... để đi đến
account for: giải thích look for sb/ sth: tìm kiếm
apologize for: xin lỗi (look after sb/ sth: chăm sóc)
ask sb for sth: yêu cầu ai về pay for sth: trả tiền cho
blame sb for sth: đổ lỗi cho ai về search for sb/ sth: tìm kiếm
excuse for: xin lỗi thank sb for (doing) sth: cảm ơn
forgive sb for (doing) sth: tha thứ wait for sb/ sth: chờ đợi
hope for sth: hy vọng về
FROM
escape from: trốn thóat khỏi protect sb from sth: bảo vệ
prevent sb from (doing) sth: ngăn chặn suffer from sth: chịu, bị (bệnh, đau khổ…)
IN
believe in sb/ sth: tin vào specialize in sth: chuyên về
participate in: tham gia succeed in (doing) sth: thành công về
INTO
crash into: tông, đụng vào divide/ split into: chia ra
cut into: cắt ra thành translate (from a language) into: dịch ra
OF
accuse sb of (doing) sth: buộc tội ai disapprove of sth: không đồng ý
approve of: đồng ý, chấp thuận hear of: nghe tin
consist of sb/ sth: bao gồm suspect sb of (doing) sth: nghi ngờ
die of/ from: chết vì think of: nghĩ về
ON
concentrate on sth: tập trung vào live onsb/ sth: sống nhờ vào
congratulate sb on (doing) sth: chúc mừng plan on: kế hoạch
comment on: phê bình rely on: tin cậy
depend on: phụ thuộc spend (money) on sth: tiêu (tiền)
insist on (doing) sth: nài nỉ
TO
adapt to: thích nghi explain sth to sb: giải thích cho ai
add to: thêm vào happen to sb/ sth: xảy ra với
adjust to: điều chỉnh listen to: lắng nghe
apologize to sb for (doing) sth: xin lỗi ai về object to: phản đối
complain to sb about sth: phàn nàn prefer … to …: thích … hơn
describe sth to sb: mô tả cho ai talk/ speak to sb: nói với
devote to: cống hiến
WITH
agree with: đồng ý fill with: làm đầy
argue with: cãi nhau với provide sb with sth: cung cấp
collide with: tông, đụng vào (provide sth for sb: cung cấp)
communicate with: giao tiếp supply sb with sth: cung cấp
58
compare with/to: so sánh (supply sth to sb: cung cấp)
EXERCISES
I. Fill in each blank with the correct preposition.
1. The price of electricity is going up _____ August.
2. They came to visit us _____ my birthday.
3. Did you have a good time _____ Christmas?
4. The children are really excited _____ their summer vacation.
5. We were very disappointed _____ the organization of the festival.
6. John missed a lot of lessons. He was ill _____ January to March.
7. Helen had said goodbye to everybody in the class _____ she left for the hometown.
8. My cat is very fond _____ fish.
9. I waited _____ 10 o’clock and then went home.
10. I can’t remember exactly when the accident happened. I think it was _____ nine and half past nine.
11. Are you acquainted _____ the lady?
12. _____ the children left, the house was very quiet.
13. These photographs were taken _____ a friend of mine.
14. The river Rhine flows _____ the North sea.
15. I shall meet you _____ the corner _____ the street.
16. I always come _____ school _____ foot.
17. He had learned the whole poem _____ heart.
18. He has waited _____ her for a long time.
19. He’s not very keen _____ watching football, but his wife is.
20. Are you worried _____ the final examination?
II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
following questions.
1. _____ time _____ time I will examine you on the work you have done.
A. From / to B. At / to C. In / to D. With / to
2. This village is inhabited _____ tens of thieves.
A. with B. to C. by D. for
3. God has bestowed _____ me many graces.
A. on B. for C. to D. with
4. Make a comment _____ this sentence!
A. to B. in C. on D. about
5. He’s a very wealthy man; a few hundred pounds is nothing _____ him.
A. for B. with C. to D. about
6. She does not show much affection _____ him.
A. with B. in C. for D. to
7. The clerk _____ that counter said those purses were _____ sale.
A. in/ for B. at/ on C. at/ in D. on/ on
8. Someone broke into the shop and made _____ with several TVs and videos.
A. of B. up C. out D. off
9. Old people like to descant _____ past memories.
A. in B. with C. on D. for
10. You should comply _____ the school rules.
A. to B. about C. with D. in
11. The people next door are furious _____ us _____ making so much noise last night.
59
A. at/ with B. with/ for C. for/ to D. about/ in

12. The Vietnamese participants always take part _____ sports events with great enthusiasm.
A. in B. on C. at D. to
13. He isn’t independent _____ any means. He depends _____ his father _____ everything.
A. by/ on/ in B. for/ on/ in C. of/ in/ for D. on/ in/ with
14. He may be quick _____ understanding but he isn’t capable _____ remembering anything.
A. in/ of B. on/ at C. at/ of D. of/ at
15. Mum is always busy _____ her work in the laboratory.
A. with B. at C. in D. of
16 Lan will stay there _____ the beginning in September _____ November.
A. from/ to B. till/ to C. from/ in D. till/ of
17. I would like to apply _____ the position of sales clerk that you advised in the Sunday newspaper.
A. for B. to C. with D. in
18. I have been looking _____ this book for months, and at last, I have found it.
A. over B. up C. for D. at
19. My sister is very fond _____ eating chocolate candy.
A. of B. with C. about D. at
20. Who’s going to look _____ the children while you’re away?
A. at B. up C. after D. over
15. Articles
Indefinite articles (Mạo từ không xác định "a" và "an")
 Dùng "an" trước một danh từ bắt đầu bằng:
 4 nguyên âm A, E, I, O.
 2 bán nguyên âm U, Y. (uncle, unnatural, umbrella)
 Những danh từ bắt đầu bằng "h" câm (an heir/ hour/ herbal (Adj: thảo mộc)/ honor)
 Những từ mở đầu bằng một chữ viết tắt (an S.O.S/ an M.P)
 Lưu ý: Đứng trước một danh từ mở đầu bằng "uni..." phải dùng "a" (a university/ a uniform/
universal/ union) (Europe, eulogy (lời ca ngợi), euphemism (lối nói trại), eucalyptus (cây
khuynh diệp) )
 Dùng "a" trước danh từ bắt đầu bằng một phụ âm.
 Được dùng trước một danh từ không xác định về mặt vị trí/ tính chất/ đặc điểm hoặc được nhắc đến
lần đầu tiên trong câu.
 Dùng trong các thành ngữ chỉ số lượng nhất định như: a lot of/a great deal of/a couple/a dozen.
 Dùng trước những số đếm nhất định thường là hàng ngàn, hàng trăm như a/one hundred - a/one
thousand.
 Dùng trước "half" (một nửa) khi nó theo sau một đơn vị nguyên vẹn: a kilo and a half, hay khi nó đi
ghép với một danh từ khác để chỉ nửa phần (khi viết có dấu gạch nối): a half - share, a half - holiday
(ngày lễ chỉ nghỉ nửa ngày).
 Dùng với các đơn vị phân số như 1/3 a/one third - 1/5 a /one fifth.
 Dùng trong các thành ngữ chỉ giá cả, tốc độ, tỉ lệ: $5 a kilo, 60 kilometers an hour, 4 times a day.
 Dùng trước các danh từ số ít đếm được. trong các thán từ what a nice day/ such a long life.
 A + Mr/ Mrs/ Ms + family name = một ông/ bà/ cô nào đó (không quen biết).
60
Definite articles: (Mạo từ xác định "The")

 Dùng trước một danh từ đã được xác định cụ thể về mặt tính chất, đặc điểm, vị trí hoặc được nhắc đến
lần thứ hai trong câu.
 The + danh từ + giới từ + danh từ
Ex: The girl in blue, the Gulf of Mexico.
 Dùng trước những tính từ so sánh bậc nhất hoặc only.
Ex: The only way, the best day.
 Dùng cho những khoảng thời gian xác định (thập niên): In the 1990s
 The + danh từ + đại từ quan hệ + mệnh đề phụ
Ex: The man /to whom you have just spoken /is the chairman
 Trước một danh từ ngụ ý chỉ một vật riêng biệt
Ex: She is in the (= her) garden
 The + danh từ số ít tượng trưng cho một nhóm thú vật hoặc đồ vật
Ex: The whale = whales (loài cá voi), the deep-freeze (thức ăn đông lạnh)
Lưu ý: Nhưng đối với man khi mang nghĩa "loài người" tuyệt đối không được dùng the.
Ex: Since man lived on the earth (kể từ khi loài người sinh sống trên trái đất này)
 Dùng trước một danh từ số ít để chỉ một nhóm, một hạng người nhất định trong xã hội.
Ex: The small shopkeeper: Giới chủ tiệm nhỏ/ The top offcial: Giới quan chức cao cấp
 The + adj: Tượng trưng cho một nhóm người, chúng không bao giờ được phép ở số nhiều nhưng
được xem là các danh từ số nhiều. Do vậy động từ và đại từ đi cùng với chúng phải ở ngôi thứ 3 số
nhiều.
Ex: The old = The old people/ The unemployed/ The disabled are often very hard in their moving
 The + tên các vùng/ khu vực đã nổi tiếng về mặt địa lý hoặc lịch sử
Ex: The Sahara (desert)/ The Siberia (tundra)/ The Normandic
 The + East/ West/ South/ North + Danh từ
used as adjective
Ex: The North/ South Pole (Bắc/ Nam Cực), The East End of London (Khu đông Lôn Đôn)
Lưu ý: Nhưng không được dùng THE trước các từ này nếu nó đi liền với tên châu lục hoặc quốc gia:
West Germany, North America...
 The + tên gọi các đội hợp xướng/ dàn nhạc cổ điển/ ban nhạc phổ thông
Ex: The Back Choir/ The Philharmonique Philadelphia Orchestra/ The Beatles.
 The + tên gọi các tờ báo (không tạp chí)/ tàu biển/ các khinh khí cầu.
Ex: The Times/ The Titanic/ The Hindenberg
 The + họ một gia đình ở số nhiều = gia đình nhà
Ex: The Smiths = Mr/ Mrs Smith and children
Ex: Dùng trước tên họ của một người để xác định người đó trong số những người trùng tên.
 Không được dùng "the" trước các danh từ chỉ bữa ăn trong ngày trừ các trường hợp đặc biệt.
Ex: We ate breakfast at 8 am this morning
Ex: The dinner that you invited me last week were delecious.
61
 Không được dùng "the" trước một số danh từ như home, bed, church, court, jail, prison, hospital,
school, class, college, univercity v.v... khi nó đi với các động từ và giới từ chỉ chuyển động chỉ đi
đến đó là mục đích chính hoặc ra khỏi đó cũng vì mục đích chính.
Ex: Students go to school everyday.
Ex: The patient was released from hospital.
 Nhưng nếu đến đó hoặc ra khỏi đó không vì mục đích chính bắt buộc phải dùng "the".
Ex: Students go to the school for a class party.
Ex: The doctor left the hospital afterwork
Lưu ý: Trong American English, “Hospital” và “University” bắt buộc phải dùng với the
Ex: He was in the hospital (in hospital as a patient)
Ex: She was unhappy at the University (At University as a student)
 Một số trường hợp đặc biệt:
 Go to work = Go to the office.
 To be at work
 To be hard at work (làm việc chăm chỉ)
 To be in office (đương nhiệm) <> To be out of office (Đã mãn nhiệm)
 Go to sea = đi biển (như những thủy thủ)
 Go to the sea = ra biển, thường để nghỉ
 To be at the sea: ở gần biển
 To be at sea (ở trên biển) trong một chuyến hải hành.
 go to town: Đi vào trung tâm/ Đi phố - To be in town (ở trung tâm) khi town là của người nói.
Bảng sử dụng "the" và không sử dụng "the" trong một số trường hợp điển hình
Có "The" Không "The"

 Dùng trước tên các đại dương, sông ngòi,  Trước tên một hồ
biển, vịnh và các hồ (ở số nhiều) Lake Geneva
The Red Sea, the Atlantic Ocean, the Persian
Gufl, the Great Lakes
 Trước tên các dãy núi  Trước tên một ngọn núi
The Rocky Mountains Mount Vesuvius
 Trước tên những vật thể duy nhất trong vũ trụ  Trước tên các hành tinh hoặc các chòm sao
hoặc trên thế giới Venus, Mars
The earth, the moon
 Trước tên các trường này nếu trước nó là một
 The schools, colleges, universities + of + danh tên riêng
từ riêng Stetson University
The University of Florida
 Trước các danh từ đi cùng với một số đếm
 the + số thứ tự + danh từ Chapter three
The third chapter.
 Trước tên các cuộc chiến tranh khu vực với
điều kiện tên khu vực đó phải được tính từ hoá  Trước tên các nước mở đầu bằng New, một
The Korean War (=> The Vietnamese economy) tính từ chỉ hướng hoặc chỉ có một từ
New Zealand, North Korean, France
 Trước tên các nước có hai từ trở lên (ngoại trừ
Great Britain)  Trước tên các lục địa, tỉnh, tiểu bang, thành
The United States phố, quận, huyện
Europe, Florida
62
 Trước tên các nước được coi là một quần đảo

hoặc một quần đảo  Trước tên bất kì môn thể thao nào
The Philipines, The Virgin Islands, The Hawaii baseball, basketball
 Trước tên các tài liệu hoặc sự kiện lịch sử
The Constitution, The Magna Carta  Trước các danh từ trừu tượng (trừ một số
trường hợp đặc biệt)
freedom, happiness
 Trước tên các nhóm dân tộc thiểu số
the Indians  Trước tên các môn học nói chung
mathematics
 Trước tên các môn học cụ thể
The Solid matter Physics  Trước tên các ngày lễ, tết
Christmas, Thanksgiving
 Trước tên các nhạc cụ khi đề cập đến các nhạc
cụ đó nói chung hoặc chơi các nhạc cụ đó.  Trước tên các loại hình nhạc cụ trong các hình
thức âm nhạc cụ thể (Jazz, Rock, classical
The violin is difficult to play
music..)
Who is that on the piano
To perform jazz on trumpet and piano
EXERCISES
I. Put a/ an, the or  in each space to complete the following sentences.
1. I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to do that. It was _____ mistake.
2. There were no chairs, so we had to sit on _____ floor.
3. Lucy has just gotten _____ job in _____ bank in Chicago.
4. There’s _____ bookstore on _____ corner near my house.
5. It’s very cold in here. Can you close _____ window, please?
6. If you go past _____ post office, can you get me some stamps?
7. It was _____ very hot day. It was _____ hottest day of _____ year.
8. What’s _____ name of _____ woman who sat beside you at the dinner?
9. How often do you go to _____ movies?
10. “Can you tell me where _____ Room 306 is, please?” “It’s on _____ third floor.”
11. He lay down _____ ground and looked up at _____ sky.
12. You’ll find _____ information you need at _____ top of _____ page 24.
13. _____ moon goes around _____ earth every 27 days.
14. He doesn’t usually have _____ lunch, but he always eats _____ good breakfast.
15. If you live in _____ foreign country, you should try and learn _____ language.
16. _____ next train to Brighton leaves from _____ Platform 5.
17. Last year we visited _____ Canada and _____ United States.
18. _____ highest mountain in _____ Africa is _____ Kilimanjaro.
19. _____ Mediterranean Sea is the sea between _____ Africa and _____ Europe.
20. _____ Mississippi is _____ longest river in _____ North America.
II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
1. We went out for _____ meal last night. _____ restaurant we went to was excellent.
A. a/ The B. the/ A C. a/  D. the/ 
2. As I was walking along the street, I saw _____ $10 note on _____ pavement.
A. a/ a B. the/ the C. a/ the D. the/ a
3. _____ actress’s life is in many ways unlike that of other women.
A. An B. A C. As D. That the
63
4. Kate plays _____ violin in an orchestra.

A. the B. a C. an D. 
5. _____ computer has changed _____ way we live.
A. A/ the B. The/ the C. A/ a D. The/ a
6. Excuse me, where is _____ bus station, please?
A. a B. the C.  D. an
7. What did you have for _____ breakfast this morning?
A. a B. an C. the D. 
8. Peter used to work in _____ Middle East.
A.  B. the C. an D. a
9. My plane was delayed. I had to wait at _____ airport for three hours.
A. the B. a C. an D. 
10. I have _____ problem. Can you help me?
A.  B. a C. an D. the
11. Barack Obama is _____ President of _____ United States.
A. the/ the B. a/  C. the/  D. the/ an
12. He never listens to _____ radio. He prefers watching _____ television.
A. a/ a B. a/ the C. the/  D. / the
13. _____ university will be built in _____ center of the town.
A. A/ the B. An/ the C. The/ a D. An/ a
14. _____ River Nile is _____ longest river of all.
A. /  B. A/ the C. The/ the D. / a
15. _____ Women’s Day is on _____ eighth of March.
A. The/  B. / the C. The/ an D. / an
16. By _____ time we had just left the office, _____ alarm went off.
A. / the B. a/ an C. a/ the D. the/ an
17. He grew up in _____ orphanage in _____ United Kingdom.
A. the/  B. an/ an C. the/ an D. an/ the
18. Laura is friendly. She can make _____ friends easily.
A. a B. an C. the D. 
19. That car can run at _____ speed of 180 miles _____ hour.
A. the/ an B. a/ the C. a/ a D. the/ a
20. _____ experience is _____ best teacher.
A. An/ the B. / the C. the/ the D. an/ an
“ Stop talking, Tom,” he said. “ When is the best
The best time for apples time for apples?”
It was the first lesson after the summer holidays “ It is when the farmer is not at home and there
at a small school. The lesson was about the is no dog in the garden.” Answered Tom.
seasons of the year, the teacher said:
“ They are Spring, Summer, Autumn and Mùa tốt nhất cho táo
Winter. In Spring, it is warn and everything Đang trong giờ học đầu tiên sau kỳ nghỉ hè tại
begins to grow. In Summer it is hot and there are một ngôi trường nhỏ. Bài học nói về các mùa
many flowers in the fields and gardens. In trong năm. Cô giáo giảng:
Autumn there are many vegetables and much - “ Mỗi năm có bốn mùa, đó là: mùa xuân, mùa
fruit. Everybody likes to eat fruit. In Winter it is hạ, mùa thu và mùa đông. Mùa xuân trời ấm áp
cold and it often rains. Sometimes there is snow và muôn lòai nảy nở sinh sôi. Mùa hè trời nóng
on the ground.” nực, có rất nhiều rau và quả, ai cũng thích ăn hoa
Here the teacher stopped and looked at one of quả. Mùa đông trời lạnh và thường có mưa, đơi
the pupils. khi còn có tuyết rơi trên
64
mặt đất.” tốt nhất hả?”

Giảng đến đây, cô giáo nhìn một học sinh nhắc -“ Mùa táo tốt nhất là….là khi ông chủ vườn
nhở rồi hỏi: không có nhà và cũng không có chó ở ngòai
-“ Tom, không nói chuyện nữa. Vào mùa nào táo vườn ạ.”
16. Conjunctions
I. SO & THEREFORE (vì thế, cho nên, vì lẽ đó)

- SO & THEREFORE đều được dùng để giới thiệu kết quả của một việc. SO phổ biến hơn trong văn
nói, còn THEREFORE phổ biến hơn trong văn viết.
- SO là liên từ thường đứng ở giữa câu, nối mệnh đề chỉ nguyên nhân và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả. Trong
những trường hợp này, mệnh đề chỉ nguyên nhân phải đứng trước.
They may need a new goalkeeper so I want to be ready. / The food was cold, so he was angry.
- THEREFORE là trạng từ có thể đứng ở đầu câu mới chỉ kết quả.
They may need a new goalkeeper. Therefore, I want to be ready.
The food was cold. Therefore, he was angry.
- THEREFORE cũng có khi đứng ở giữa mệnh đề / câu chỉ kết quả.
The new trains have more powerful engines and therefore faster.
The food was cold. He was therefore angry.
- So sánh hai câu có cùng nghĩa sau:
I hadn’t done my homework so I didn’t understand the lesson.
I hadn’t done my homework. Therefore, I didn’t understand the lesson.
As / Since / Because I hadn’t done my homework, I didn’t understand the lesson.
II. BUT & HOWEVER (nhưng, tuy nhiên)
- BUT & HOWEVER đều được dùng để diễn tả 2 ý đối lập nhau trong một câu hoặc trong một ngữ
đoạn ngắn.
I don’t like him, but I agree that he’s a good manager.
I don’t like him. However, I agree that he’s a good manager.
It’s a bit late, but I’d like to go out. / It’s a bit late; however, I’d like to go out.
- BUT dùng nối hai mệnh đề và thường đứng ở đầu mệnh đề thứ hai.
- HOWEVER là một trạng từ, nó có thể đứng ở các vị trí khác nhau trong câu. Trước however, ta dùng
dấu chấm câu (.), dấu phấy (,) hoặc dấu chấm phẩy (;).
However, the police did not believe him. / The police, however, didn’t believe him.
The police didnot believe him, however.
Multiple choices
1. I want to work as an interpreter in the future, ________, I am studying Russian at university.
a. but b. so c. however d. therefore
2. I am going shopping for food this evening ________ I do not have to go at the weekend.
a. so b. but c. however d. moreover
3. When she got the news from her family, she could not do anything, ________ cry.
a. but b. and c. so d. however
4. We live in the same building ________ we have hardly seen each other
a. and b. therefore c. but d. so
5. I went to buy a Rolling Stones CD ________ the shop didn't have it.
a. and b. but c. therefore d. so
65
6. Anna needed some money, ________, she took a part-time job.

a. furthermore b. moreover c. however d. therefore
7. Julie has a guitar ________ she plays it really well.
a. and b. so c. but d. therefore
8. My fingers were injured ________ my sister had to write the note for me.
a. and b. however c. so d. but
9. The concert was cancelled ________ we went to a nightclub instead.
a. so b. however c. so on d. but
10. This is an expensive ________ very useful book.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. however
11. ________ long it takes, I will wait for you.
a. However b. But c. So d. Therefore
12. I must say that you have done very well. ________, you should be aware that you still have a lot of
thing to learn.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
13. He is only sixteen, and ________, he is not eligible to drive a car.
a. nevertheless b. but c. therefore d. however
14. Maria tried to read a novel in French ________ the book was too difficult for her to understand.
a. so that b. therefore c. but d. and
15. To get from Vancouver to Victoria, you can fly, ________ you can ride the ferry.
a. or b. but c. so d. however
16. I bought a bottle of wine ________ we drank it together.
a. therefore b. so c. and d. but
17. The waiter was not very nice, _____, the food was delicious.
a. however b. but c. so d. and so
18. ___ hard he worked, he could earn enough money to support the family.
a. But b. However c. Therefore d. Whatever
19. I wanted to give him some money after he helped me with the car _____ he absolutely refused to
accept it.
a. so b. but c. therefore d. and so
20. Everyone is ready for the discussion, ________ him.
a. however b. but c. so d. therefore
21. The first part of the test was easy; the second, ________, took hours.
a. therefore b. but c. so d. however
22. He has done nothing to prepare for the final examination, ______ played.
a. but b. so c. therefore d. and
23. He told me not to do it; ________, I did it.
a. Therefore b. So c. But d. However
24. We have not yet won; ________, we will keep trying.
a. moreover b. however c. therefore d. so as
25. I am afraid that the company is in deep trouble. ________, we are going to make some people
redundant.
a. Therefore b. However c. But d. And
17. Conditional sentences

Type 1: FUTURE POSSIBLE (Diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai)
A/ Dạng cơ bản:
If + S + V(simple present), S + V(simple future)
66
Ex: If I have time, I will go.

B/ Những trường hợp khác:
1/ If + S + V(simple present) , Imperative (mệnh lệnh)
Ex:If you go to the post office, please mail this letter for me.
2/ Imperative (mệnh lệnh) + or + S + V(simple future).
Ex: Prepare the lesson carefully or you will get a bad mark.
= If you don't prepare the lesson carefully, you will get a bad mark.
3/ If + S + V(simple present) , S + V(simple present)
→ diễn tả một sự thật hiển nhiên (If=When=Whenever)
Ex: If you mix blue and yellow, you get green
4. If ....... not = Unless (trừ khi)
Ex: If you don't hurry, you'll be late for school.
=> Unless you hurry, you'll be late for school.
5. As long as/ So long as/ Provided (that)/ Providing (that)/ On condition that + Clause ( Miễn là/
với điều kiện)
Ex: As long as you drive carefully, you can use my car.
= If you drive carefully, you can use my car.
II/ Type 2: PRESENT UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai)
If + S + V(past subjunctive/ simple past), S + would/ could/ might + bare inf
Eg: I don't win a lot of money, so I can't spend most of it travelling round the world.
→ If I won a lot of money, I could spend most of it travelling round the world.
Eg: I am short; that's why I won't be a pilot.
→If I were/ was taller, I would be a pilot.
*past subjunctive:Quá khứ bàng thái cách/ Quá khứ giả định
- To be: chia "Were" cho tất cả các ngơi
- Không phải "To be : chia giống thì quá khứ đơn
1/ The variation of the If-clause: (Biến thể của mệnh đề If)
If + S + V(past continuous), S + would/ could/ might + bare inf
Eg: If you were driving from London to Glasgow, which way would you go?
2/ The variation of the main clause: (Biến thể của mệnh đề chính)
If + S + V(past subjunctive/ simple past), S + would/ could/ might + be + V-ing
Eg: I am not on holiday; I am not touring Italy.
→ If I were / was on holiday, I would be touring Italy .
3/ Đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện loại 2:
- Bỏ If
- Đưa "Were" ra trước chủ ngữ
Eg: If I were you , I would eat less.
=> Were I you, I would eat less.
III/ Type 3: PAST UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở quá khứ)
If + S + had + PP , S + would/ could/ might + have + PP
Eg: I didn't tell her any good news because I wasn't here early.
→If I had been here earlier, I would have told her some good news.
1/ The variation of the main clause: (Biến thể của mệnh đề chính)
67
If + S + had + PP , S + would/ could/ might + have + been + V-ing

Eg: Mr.Pike's son was there; that's why I wasn't sitting in front.
→If Mr.Pike's son hadn't been there, I would have been sitting in front.
2/ The variation of the If-clause: (Biến thể của mệnh đề If)
If + S + had + been + V-ing , S + would/ could/ might + have + PP
Eg: I was wearing a seat belt, so I didn't have a bad accident.
=> If I hadn't been wearing a seat belt, I would have had a bad accident.
3/ Câu điều kiện pha trộn: Loại III + Loại II
Eg: He isn't a rich man now because he didn't take my advice.
→If he had taken my advice, he would be a rich man now.
4/ Đảo ngữ của câu điều kiện loại 3:
- Bỏ If
- Had + S (not) + P.P
Eg:If I hadn't been careful, I would have had an accident last night.
=>Had I not been careful, I would have had an accident last night.
Exercise 1: Make conditional sentences

1. She got married at such an early age, so she isn’t at university now.
2. She works in the evening. She has no time to play with her children.
3. As she is often absent from class, she can’t keep pace with her classmates.
4. It’s very cold, so we can’t go swimming.
5. You drink too much coffee; that’s why you can’t sleep.
6. We don’t have a big house . We can’t invite friends to stay.
7. The flats are not clearly numbered, so it is very difficult to find anyone.
8. I couldn’t write to Alice because I didn’t know her address.
9. We got lost because we didn’t have a map.
10. The farmers didn’t have enough rain , so they could not grow rice .
11. His friends were late, so they missed the train .
12. Make me some coffee, and I’ll give you one of my biscuits.
13. You won’t ask the teacher. He won’t explain the lesson to you.
14. City life isn’t enjoyable because everything is very expensive.
15. I didn't bring extra money with me because you didn't tell me we were going to dinner after the
movie.
EXERCISE II :Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences
1. If I ……….a lot of money now, I …………..a new car.
a. have /will buy b. have / would buy c. had/ will buy d. had/ would buy.
2. If I ……………you, I …………….do that.
a. am/ will b. were /would c. were/ will d. had been/ would.
3. If I were offered the job, I think I ………. it.
a. take b. will take c. would take d. would have taken.
4. I would be very surprised if he……………..
a. refuses b. refused c. had refused d. would refuse.
5. Many people would be out of work if that factory………..down.
a. closes b. had closed c. closed d. would close.
6. 6. If she sold her car, she ………… much money.
a. gets b. would get c. will get d. would have got.
7. They would be disappointed if we…………….
a. hadn’t come b. wouldn’t come c. don’t come d. didn’t come.
8. We ‘ll get wet if we ………….out.
68
a. go b. did go c. went d. had gone.

9. If I go shopping, I ………some food.
a. buy b. will buy c. would buy d. would have bought.
10. If I find it, I ………you.
a. will tell b. would tell c. had told d. told
11. If I had known you were in hospital, I …………to see you.
a. will go b. would go c. went d. would have gone.
12. If I …………him, I would have said hello to him.
a. had seen b. see c. saw d. would see
13. I…………..out if I hadn’t been so tired.
a. will go b. went c. would have gone d. would go
14. If I ………..a camera, I would have taken some pictures.
a. have b. had c. would have d. had had
15. You won’t pass the examination……………you study more.
a. as long as b. unless c. if d. whether
16. It would have been a good crop ............ through.
a. if the storm didn't sweep b. would a storm not have swept
c. had a storm not swept d. didn't a storm sweep
17. If I ................. the competition, I ............. on a world cruise.
a. win/ will go b. had won/ would have gone
c. won/ would go d. won/ would have gone
18. If someone…………in here with a gun, I would be very frightened.
a. would walk b. walks c. had walked d. walked.
19. What would happen if you ……………..to work tomorrow?
a. don’t go b. didn’t go c. won’t go d. wouldn’t go
20. If I had enough money, I ……… abroad to improve my English.
a. will go b. should go c. would go d. should have go to
18. The comparison of adjectives and adverbs

I. SO SÁNH BẬC HƠN : (COMPARATIVE)
1- Tính từ ngắn : (Short adjectives)
Hầu hết là tính từ có một âm tiết hoặc tính từ dài có hai âm tiết tận cùng là : “ y, er, ow, ple, tle ”. Cấu
trúc sử dụng là:
S + V + {adj- er/ adv-er} + than + {noun/ pronoun}
Example : Happy ---- > happier
Easy ---- > Easier
Clever ---- > cleverer
Simple ---- > simpler
Gentle ---- > gentler
1 Mary is taller than Tom (is).
Lưu ý : + Đối với tính từ ngắn có một phụ âm tận cùng (trừ w,x,z) và trước đó là một nguyên âm, ta phải
gấp đôi phụ âm cuối rồi thêm “ er ”
Ex: big-bigger; red-redder , fat- fatter ,sad- sadder, thin-thinner
+ Đối với tính từ một âm tiết tận cùng bằng “ e ” thì so sánh bậc hơn ta chỉ thêm “r ”
Ex: nice - nicer, safe – safer
2- Tính từ dài : ( long adjectives )
Là tính từ thường có hai âm tiết trở lên .Cấu trúc sử dụng là:
S + V +more+ {adj/ adv} +than + {noun/ pronoun}
69
Ex: The test A is more difficult than the test B
II- SO SÁNH BẬC NHẤT (SUPERLATIVE)
1- Tính từ ngắn : ( Short adjectives ).Cấu trúc sử dụng là :

S + V +the+ {adj- est/ adv-est}
Ex: This is the cleanest room in the house
2- Tính từ dài ( long adjectives ).Cấu trúc sử dụng là
S + V + the +most+ {adj/ adv}

Ex: First class is the most expensive way to travel
III- SO SÁNH BẰNG : (SIMILARITY), Cấu trúc sử dụng là :

S + V + as + {adj/ adv} + as + {noun/ pronoun}
Ex : 1- His car runs as fast as a race car.
2-John sings as well as his sister.
Lưu ý: - Nếu là câu phủ định, as thứ nhất có thể thay bằng so.
Ex:He is not so tall as his father.
- Khi so sánh bằng danh từ, sử dụng cấu trúc sau:
S + V + the same + (noun) + as + {noun/ pronoun}
Ex: My house is as high as his.  My house is the same height as his.
IV- SO SÁNH KÉP : ( DOUBLE COMPARISON )
1- So sánh kép trong bản thân một sự vật , hiện tượng : ……..càng ngày càng ……..
a- Tính từ ngắn : ( Short adjectives )
COMPARATIVE AND COMPARATIVE
Adj –er and Adj-er
Ex: - Tom is growing fast. He is getting taller and taller
- The weather is getting hotter and hotter
b- Tính từ dài ( long adjectives ) hoặc trạng từ ( adverbs ) :
S + V + more and more + Adj / Adv
Ex : - Computers are becoming more and more complicated
- Jenny is becoming more and more beautiful
2- So sánh kép liên quan đến hai hay nhiều sự vật , hiện tượng : .... càng …càng …
The + tính từ so sánh bậc hơn + S + V, The + tính từ so sánh bậc hơn + S + V
( comparative ) , ( comparative )
Ex: 1. The more money you make, the more you spend
2 The harder you work, the better result you will get
3 The more expensive petrol becomes, the less people drive
LƯU Ý : MỘT SỐ TÍNH TỪ/ TRẠNG TỪ BẤT QUI TẮC
ADJ / Adv COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE

-1 good / well -1 Better -1 best
-2 bad / badly -2 Worse -2 worst
-3 far -3 Farther/further -3 farthest/furthest
-4 old -4 Older/elder -4 oldest/eldest
-5 much -5 More -5 most
-6 many -6 More -6 most
-7 little -7 less -7 least
70
Exercise 1: Choose the best answer:

1. Ho Chi Minh city is much .................. than Nha Trang city.
A. larger B. smaller C. higher D. lower
2. Australia is the .................. continent in the world.
A. large B. smallest C. biggest D. thinner
3. Living in the countryside is .................. than in cities.
A. less peaceful B. more peaceful C. most peaceful D. least peaceful
4. Your car is in .................. condition than mine.
A. worse B. worst C. bad D. good
5. That was the .................. day in my life.
A. excited B. happiness C. happiest D. interesting
6. Hoa doesn’t cook .................. her mother.
A. as bad as B. as good as C. as quick as D. as well as
7. She is the .................. beautiful girl I have ever met.
A. less B. more C. most D. best
8. The Queen of England is one of the .................. women in the world.
A. richer B. richest C. most rich D. as rich as
9. I’m sorry I’m late. It took me .................. to get here than I expected.
A. longer B. further C. more D. less
10. Her illness was more .................. than we first thought.
A. fatal B. important C. severe D. serious
11. Health and happiness are more .................. than money.
A. importantly B. important C. importance D. serious
12. We often go camping when we go on holiday because it’s .............. than staying in a hotel.
A. much cheaper B. more cheaper C. less cheaper D. the most cheapest
13. Please let me know immediately if you hear any .................. news.
A. farther B. further C. extra D. earlier
14. There were .................. people at this meeting than at the last one.
A. less B. much C. many D. fewer
15. That house over there is the .................. building in the town.
A. eldest B. oldest C. ancientest D. antique
16. What’s the .................. film you’ve ever seen?
A. good B. interesting C. best D. boring
17. What’s the .................. river in the world?
A. short B. long C. wide D. longest
18. I stayed in one of the .................. room in the hotel.
A. large B. nicest C. pretty D. nicer
19. Let’s walk. It’s just .................. taking the bus.
A. as quick as B. as soon as C. as fast as D. as early as
20. There’s plenty of food, so eat .................. you like.
A. as many as B. as much as C. as lot as D. as great as
Use the proper form of adjectives (or adverbs) in parentheses.
1. Mary is (pretty) _____________ as her sister.

2. A new house is (expensive) _____________than an old one.
3. His job is (important) _____________than mine.
4. Of the four ties, I like the red one (well) _____________.
5. Nobody is (happy) _____________ than Miss Snow.
6. Today English is the (international) _____________ of languages.
71
7. John is much (strong) _____________ than I thought.

8. Benches are (comfortable) _____________ than arm - chairs.
9. Bill is (good) _____________ than you thought.
10. Mr. Bush is the (delightful) _____________ person I have ever known.
11. Disk is the (careful) _____________ of the two workers.
12. Sam’s conduct is (bad) _____________ than Paul’s.
13. Thanks to the progress of science, human life is (good) ____________ and (good) ____________ .
14. Bill is (lazy) _____________ and (lazy) _____________ .
15. The teacher speaks English (fluently) _____________ than we.
16. These boys are (ill - prepared) _____________ for employment than my children.
17. The competition makes the price of goods (cheap) _____________ and (cheap) _____________.
18. Charles is (hard working) _____________ than Tom.
19. Is this book (interesting) _____________ than the one you read last week ?
20. Of the two boys, Harry is the (ill - bred) _____________ .
The carjacking
An elderly woman did her shopping and, upon returning to her car, found four males in the act of leaving
with her vehicle. She dropped her shopping bags, drew her handgun, and proceeded to scream at them at
the top of her voice,
“I have a gun and I know how to use it! Get out of the car, you scumbags!”
The four men didn’t wait for a second invitation but got out and ran like mad. The woman, somewhat
shaken, proceeded to load her shopping bags in the back of the car and get into the driver’s seat. She was
so shaken that she could not get her key into the ignition. She tried and tried, to no avail.
And then it dawned on her why. A few minutes later, she found her own car parked four or five spaces
father down. She loaded her bags into her car and drove to the police station.
The sergeant, to whom she told the story, nearly tore himself in two the other end of the counter, where
four pale males were reporting a carjacking by a mad elderly woman described as white, less than five
feet tall, glasses, curly white hair, and carrying a large handgun.
No charges were filed.
Một vụ cướp xe hơi

Một bà cụ đi mua sắm xong, quay trở lại nơi đỗ xe ô tô của mình. Cụ thấy bốn gã đàn ông đang định bỏ đi
bằng chiếc xe của cụ. Cụ đánh rơi túi hàng, rút khẩu súng ngắn ra, tới gần và gắng hết sức hét lên:
-“ Tôi có một khẩu súng trong tay và tôi biết cách dùng nó! Hãy ra khỏi chiếc xe, đồ cặn bã!”
Bốn gã đàn ông không đợi lời mời tới lần thứ hai mà vội vã ra khỏi xe và chạy như điên. Bà cụ run rẩy,
tới đặt túi hàng phía sau xe và vào chỗ lái. Vì quá lập cập, bà cụ không thể cắm được chìa khóa vào ổ
khóa. Bà đã thử đi, thử lại nhưng vẫn chẳng ích gì.
Và rồi bà cũng hiểu ra nguyên do. Vài phút sau, bà thấy xe của mình đỗ sau đó khỏang bốn đến năm chỗ
để xe. Bà chất túi đồ của mình lên xe và lái tới đồn công an gần nhất.
Vị trung sĩ, người mà nghe bà thuật lại câu chuyện, gần như cười vỡ bụng và đưa tay chỉ về phía cuối dãy
bàn tiếp tân, nơi bốn người đàn ông mặt xanh mét đang trình báo về vụ cướp xe do một bà lão điên được
tả lại như sau: trắng, thấp hơn năm feet, đeo kính, tóc bạc, xoăn và cầm một khẩu súng lục lớn.
Không thấy có vụ tấn công nào như thế được lưu trong hồ sơ.
PART II: SAMPLE TESTS
ĐỀ LUYỆN THI TỐT NGHIỆP THPT 2011
Thời gian làm bài 60 phút;
50 câu trắc nghiệm
PRACTICE TEST 1
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions.
Question 1 : A. leaves B. songs C. deserts D. knives
Question 2 : A. chalk B. chemistry C. chapter D. approach
Question 3 : A. visited B. decided C. engaged D. disappointed
Question 4 : A. hummock B. butter C. pollute D. justice
Question 5 : A. clean B. head C. beat D. teacher
Choose the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the
Question 6: Mary _______ the country by the time this letter reaches her.
A. is going to leave B. will leave C. is leaving D. will have left
Question 7: What’s your hobby, Hoa?” – “_________.”
A. Well, I like collecting stamps B. Oh, with computers
C. Well, I want stamps D. Oh, on the phone
Question 8: Our teacher came in when we ________ noisily.
A. had talked B. were talking C. are talking D. have been talking
Question 9: Most Americans don’t object ________ being called by their first names.
A. for B. to C. in D. about
Question 10: Let’s go to the library, ________?
A. shall we B. will we C. would we D. should we
Question 11: _______ the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
A. While B. Despite C. Meanwhile D. Although
Question 12: We can’t go now. Let’s wait ________ the rain stops.
A. until B. when C. after D. as
Question 13: - “You look nice today. I like your new hair style.” – “_________.”
A. It’s nice of you to say so B. Shall I? Thanks.
C. Oh, well done! D. I feel interesting to hear that.
Question 14: - “A motorbike knocked Ted down!” – “_____________.”
A. What is it now? B. Poor Ted! C. How terrific! D. What a motorbike!
Question 15: The bomb ________ in a crowded street.
A. went out B. went off C. came off D. came out
Question 16: I’m sorry for ________ such a fuss about the unfruitful plan.
A. making B. doing C. paying D. taking
Question 17: This switch is ________ high for him to reach.
A. very B. too C. enough D. so
Question 18: I couldn’t go to your party last night ________ I had an important meeting.
72
A. and B. but C. so D. because
Question 19: I don’t mind _________ up early in the morning.
A. get B. to get C. getting D. to getting
Question 20: She doesn’t work _______ as my sister.
A. harder B. more hardly C. as hardly D. so hard
Question 21: This is the school _______ my mother used to teach.
A. that B. which C. where D. there
Question 22: If it rains this weekend, we __________ camping.
A. don’t go B. won’t go C. didn’t go D. wouldn’t go
Question 23: You’ll feel sorry afterwards ________ you do it carefully.
A. unless B. if C. when D. whereas
Question 24: He cycled ________ and had an accident.
A. careful B. careless C. carefully D. carelessly
Question 25: My friend is very ______ in listening to rock music.
A. interested B. amused C. surprised D. amazed
Question 26: He is very fond ______ riding a surfboard.
A. in B. with C. at D. of
Question 26: Most of the earth’s surface _________ by water.
A. have covered B. is covering C. is covered D. are covered
Question 27: Our phone bill has risen ________ we bought a cell phone.
A. from B. for C. since D. during
Question 28: The weather is nice. ________ go sightseeing?
A. Should we B. Shall we C. Would we like to D. Must we
Question 29: Smoke, dirt and noise are all kinds of ______.
A. pollute B. polluting C. pollutants D. pollution
Question 30: The speaker said _________ nothing worth listening to.
A. complete B. completing C. completely D. completion
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to show the underlined part that needs correction.
Question 31: I’ve been studying French since I have started high school.
A B C D
Question 32: It took them at least two months learning how to pronounce these words.
A B C D
Question 33: Lake Superior, that lies on the US Canadian border, is the largest lake in North
America. A B C D
Question 34. Only when the famine gets worse world governments will begin to act.
A B C D
Question 35. Tom apologized to the postman for being impolitely to him.
A B C D
Choose the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct option to complete each of the following
sentences.
Question 36: Although Tom is intelligent, ____________.

A. he doesn’t do well at school B. but he doesn’t do well at school
C. however he does well at school D. the fact that he does well at school
73
Question 37: ______________, he would go fishing.
A. If today is Sunday B. If today were Sunday
C. Unless today was Sunday D. Unless today would be Sunday
Question 38: Last week I met Mr. Lam, ______________.
A. who’s oldest son is studying abroad
B. the oldest son of who is studying abroad
C. whose oldest son is studying abroad
D. of whom the oldest son is studying abroad
Question 39: The shirt is so small _____________.
A. that I can’t wear it B. for me to wear it
C. enough that I can’t wear D. and I can’t wear
Question 40: The last time I saw her ______________.
A. is when she leaves for London B. was when she left for London
C. was since she has left for London D. has been since she left for London
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the blanks from 41 to 45.
Man is a land animal, but he also closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served
the needs of man. The sea has provided man with food and convenient way to travel to many parts of
the world. Today, nearly two thirds of the world's population lives within 80 kilometers of the sea
coast.
In the modern technological world, the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive.
Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still can be hoped to supply many
man's needs. The list of riches of the sea yet to be developed by man's technology is impressive. Oil
and gas explorations have been carried out for nearly 30 years. Valuable amounts of minerals existing
on the ocean floor are ready to be mined.
Fish farming promises to be a good way to produce large quantities of food. The culture of fish
and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly by Oriental people.
Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new sources of energy. Experts believe that the warm
temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a steamship. Ocean currents and
waves offer possible use as a source of energy.
Technology is enabling man to explore ever more deeply under the sea. The development of
strong, new materials has made this possible. The technology to harvest the sea continues to improve.
Experts believe that by the year 2020 the problems that prevent us from exploiting fully the food,
minerals, and energy source of the sea will be largely solved.
Question 41: The major things that the sea offers man are ________
A. fish and oil B. minerals and oil
C. food, energy sources, and minerals D. ocean currents and waves
Question 42: The sea serves the needs of man as _________.
A. it provides man with food
B. it offers oil and other valuable sources
C. it provides man with modern technology
D. both A and B
Question 43: We can conclude from the passage that ______________.
A. the sea resources have largely been used up.
B. the sea, in a broad sense, has not yet been developed.
C. the problems that prevent us from fully exploiting the sea have already been solved
74
D. by the year 2000, the technology will be good enough to exploit all the se resources
Question 44: The words “Oriental people” in the fourth paragraph means _______.
A. people in Asia B. people in Africa
C. European people D. American people
Question 45: The best title for this paragraph is __________.
A. Seafood B. Technology for Exploiting the Sea
C. Sea Harvest D. Man and the Sea
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to
each of the blanks from 46 to 50.
The relationship between students and teachers is less formal in the USA than in many other
countries. American students do not stand up (46) ______ their teachers enter the room. Students are
encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the teacher’s office for extra help, and to phone if
they are absent. Most teachers (47)_______ students to enter class late or leave early if necessary.
(48)______ the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to their teachers and fellow
classmates.
When students want to ask questions, they usually (49) _______ a hand and wait to be called
on. When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not only rude but also risky. Most American
teachers consider that students who are talking to each other (50)______ a test are cheating.
Question 46: A. when B. where C. that D. whether
Question 47: A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage
Question 48: A. Though B. In spite C. Despite D. Because of
Question 49: A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put
Question 50: A. in B. when C. while D. during
The end!
75
PRACTICE TEST 2
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently:
1. A. shifts B. works C. groups D. hands

2. A. conical B. ancestor C.celebrate D. certain
3. A. stopped B. married C. passed D. talked
4. A. scuba B. pool C. football D. canoe
II. Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others:
5. A. solidarity B. energetic C. facilities D. international

6. A. environment B. electricity C. unexpected D. optimistic
7. A. disaster B. appeal C. initiate D. epidemic
8. A. obedience B. mischievous C. biologist D. decision
III. Choose one best option to complete each sentence by circling the corresponding letter A, B,
C or D .
9 . Up to now, the manager ………………..a lot of information about his secretary.

A. learned B. has learned C. had learned D.learns
10. Where is Mary? _ She ……………her homework in her room.
A. is performing B. is making C. is doing D. is learning
11. “ What’s the price of this bag?” “-------------.”
A. In US dollars? B. You have to pay immediately
C. VND 50,000 D. It’s much cheaper
12. Pointing at someone to attract his / her …………..is usually considered rude in most social
situations.
A. approach B. attention C. signal D. assistance
13. Don’t drink to drive. The effects of alcohol can be extremely ……………in diving.
A. endanger B. endangered C. dangerous D. danger
14. While I ……………….along the road , I saw a friend of mine.
A. was cycling B. have cycled C. cycled D. am cycling
15. They worked for two hours and then they stopped ………………a rest.
A. having B. to have C. had D. to have had
16. Mrs Lien , ………………son is studying at the University of law, is a farmer.
A. whose B. who C. whom D. that
17. This is the shortest way to the city center; ……………, it is not the only way.
A. however B. although C. therefore D. while
18. Peter is not …………… to go swimming alone.
A. old enough B. enough old C. so old D. so young
19. It is our duty to care for ...........…..sick.
A. an B. the C. a D. no article
20. “ Thank you for your help, Linh” “ …………………………”
A. With all my heart B. Never remind me
C. All it is for you D. It’s my pleasure
nd
21. How many ………… took part in the 22 SEA Games?
A. competitors B. competitive C. competes D. competitions
nd
22. To prepare for the 22 Sea Games , Vietnam carried ….an intensive program for its ethletes.
76
A.over B. on C. up D. out
23.……………, America depends on Africa for 40 % of its oil imports.
A. Interesting B. Interestingly C. Interested D. Interest
24. The Red Cross is a…………organization whose purpose is to help people in war time and
disasters.
A. commercial B. political C . humanitarian D. Military
IV. Choose the best answer to the I by circling the corresponding letter A, B, C or D
The size and location of the world’s deserts are always changing. Over millions of years, as
climates change and mountains rise, new dry and wet areas develop. But within the last 100 years,
deserts have been growing at a “frightening” speed. This is partly because of natural change, but the
greatest desert makers are humans.
In developing countries, 90 percent of the people use wood for cooking and heating. They cut
down trees for firewood. But trees are important. They cool the land under them and keep the sun off
the smaller plants. When leaves fall from a tree, they make the land richer. When the trees are gone,
the smaller plants die, and there is nothing but sand. Yet people must use firewood, raise animals, and
grow crops in order to live.
Humans can make deserts, but humans can also prevent their growth. Algeria planted a green
wall of trees across the edge of the Sahara to stop the desert sand from spreading. Mauritania planted a
similar wall around Nouakchott, the capital. Iran puts a thin covering of petroleum on sandy areas and
plants trees. The oil keeps the water in the land, and men on motorcycles keep the sheep and goats
away. Other countries build long canals to bring water to desert areas. Yet land that will probably
become desert in the future equals the size of Australia. Can people stop the growth of the world’s
deserts and save the land that is so essential to life?
25. Most people in developing countries …………………………
A. planted trees on the edge of the deserts. B. cook on wood fires.
C. put oil on sandy areas. D. raise sheep and goats.
26 . When all the trees in an area are cut down, …………………………………….
A. their leaves make the land richer. B. the smaller plants can grow better.
C. they cool the land under their leaves. D. there is nothing left but sand.
27. The word “frightening” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to …………………
A. “awful” B. “extremely fast” C. “powerful” D. “wonderful”
28. According to the passage, which of the following is the most important Because of
desertification?
A. The change of climate B. The spread of deserts
C. Human activities D. Cattle destroying trees
29. Why did some countries plant a green wall of trees across the edge of the Sahara?
A. to prevent the growth of the desert B. to stop the desert from being destroyed
C. to encourage the growth of the desert D. to keep the sheep and goats away
V. Read the following passage and choose the best answer
Years ago, in their private family role, women quite often dominate the male members of the
household. Women were quite (30) _____ to their families. However, the public role of women has
changed (31) _____ since the beginning of World War II. During the war, men were away from home
to the battle. As a (32) ____, women were in complete control of the home. They found themselves
doing double and sometimes triple (33) _____. They began to take over the work of their absent
77
husbands and to work outside. They accounted for 73% of the industrial labor force. Women were
forced by economic realities to work in the factories. The women who worked there were ( 34) _____
low wages, lived in crowded and small dormitories. (35) _____, they found themselves a place as
active members of society. Women, although they were ruthlessly exploited, became the key to the
country's success.The feminist movement seems to have been (36) _____ important part in the
demands (37) _____ women Equal Rights. The movement tends to have a way of changing men and
women and their roles in society. It often redefines the role of women in society. Inventions, too, bring
progress in society as (38) _____ as to the individual's life. In the late nineteenth century the invention
of the typewriter gave women a new skill and a job outside the home. The Suffragettes in the turn of
the century has become a (39) _____ for most women to be engaged in equality.
30.A. fascinated B. worried C. dedicated D. interested

31. A. unfortunately B. approximately C. nearly D. dramatically
32. A. change B. result C. success D. opportunity
33. A. duty B. job C. requirement D. career
34. A. made B. paid C. created D. delivered
35. A. Because B. Therefore C. However D. So
36. A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
37. A. for B. in C. with D. against
38. A. much B. long C. soon D. well
39. A. present B. souvenir C. symbol D. role
VI. Choose the sentence that has the same meaning as the original one by circling the
corresponding letter A, B, C or D
40. You can look up this word in the dictionary.
A. There are a lot of words in the dictionary for you to look at.
B. You can find the meaning of this word in the dictionary.
C. The dictionary contains a lot of words except the one you need.
D. You should buy this dictionary to find the word you need.
41. “ Thank you very much for your help , John.” said Daisy.
A. Daisy thanked John for helping her. B. Daisy told John to help her
C. Daisy wanted John to help her and said thanks D. Daisy would like John to help her
42. He drives more carelessly than he used to.
A . He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does
VII. Choose the correct sentence that has been completely from the given word cues
43. if / we/ have /enough money / we / go / on holiday / last summer

A. If we had had enough money , we could have go on holiday last summer.
B. If we had enough money , we could have go on holiday last summer.
C. If we had enough money , we could go on holiday last summer.
D. If we had had enough money , we could have gone on holiday last summer.
44. America / said / discover / 1498 / Columbus
A. America said that Columbus was discovered in 1498.
B. America is said that it was discovered by Columbus in 1498.
C. America is said to have been discovered by Columbus in 1498.
78
D. America said that Columbus discovered it in 1498.
45. Just imagine / human life / be like / 20 years
A. Just imagine how human life will be like for 20 years.
B. Just imagine human life will be like in 20 years.
C. Just imagine what human life will be like in 20 years.
D. Just imagine that human life will be like since 20 years.
VII. Identify one underlined word or phrase that is incorrect
46 . Without the particularly habitat , the species could not survive

47. The more electricity they use , the less money they pay.
48. Disease , pollute, and limited distribution are factors that threaten various plant and animal species
49. This class has cancelled because too few students had registered before registration
closed
50. I met your old English teacher while I walked down the street.
The end!
PRACTICE TEST 3
I. PRONUNCIATION: Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently
from the rest
1. a. lie b. goalie c. achieve d. believe

2. a. flood b. mood c. food d. roommate
3. a. ground b. wound c. found d. sound
4. a. endangered b. established c. increased d. reduced
II. STRESS: Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest
5. a. activity b. development c. participant d. information

6. a. region b. penalty c. athletics d. athlete
7. a. desert b. dessert c. camel d. center
8. a. vulnerable b. commercial c. dangerous d. different
III. VOCABULARY: Choose a word or a phrase which best completes each of the following
sentences.
9. Most people think it’s . . . . . . . to prepare for a job interview.

a. polite b. honest c. exciting d. stressful
10. Boys often enjoy doing things in a . . . . . . . way.
a. create b. creative c. creativity d. creatively
11. Two close friends . . . . . . . for the same job by accident.
a. provided b. admit c. reduced d. applied
12. The teacher told her students to concentrate . . . . . . . what she was saying.
a. on b. at c. to d. about
13. Many scientists went on a scientific . . . . . . across the Simpson Desert.
a. trip b. journey c. holiday d. expedition
79
14. More and more people are aware of conservation needs due to The Red List, a global list of . . . . . .
species.
a. danger b. dangerous c. endanger d. endangered
15. Television has not killed reading. . . . . . . , more books of every kind are sold than ever before.
a. In short b. In addition c. In fact d. In many ways
16. The Red Cross’s mission is to . . . . . . . . . . the lives of vulnerable people.
a. propose b. struggle c. perform d. improve
IV. GRAMMAR: Choose a, b, c or d that best completes each of the following sentences
17. I hear that you . . . . . . . the position, congratulations!

a. offer b. are offered c. have offered d. have been offered
18. I’m sorry. The book . . . . . . . by Barrack Obama is out of stock.
a. written b. which written c. writing d. was written
19. His parents . . . . . . . so disappointed if he . . . . . . . the exam to university. But unfortunately, he
failed the exam.
a. would be / passed b. would have been / had passed
c. wouldn’t be / passed d. wouldn’t have been / had passed
20. This machine . ........... . . . . without my permission.
a. mustn’t use b. mustn’t be used c. must use d. must be used
21. . . . . . . . . . . the rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.
a. While b. Despite c. Although d. Because of
22. The earlier she leaves, . . . . . . . . . . .
a. the sooner she will arrive c. she will soon arrive
b. the soonest she will arrive c. she will arrive sooner
23. It took me a long time to . . . . . . . . . . the shock of her death.
a. go off b. look up c. get over d. turn on
24. By the time I . . . . . . . . . . this report, I will give you a ring.
a. type b. will type c. have typed d. will have typed
V. READING- COMPREHENSION: Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answer
for each question
THE PEARL by John Steinbeck is the retelling of a story about a fisherman who finds a huge
pearl, realizes that the discovery is destroying his life and returns the pearl to the sea. It is told in a
style so authentic that readers feel they are hearing the story from one of the villagers who know all
the characters. In spite of its simplicity; however, there are several levels to enjoy in THE PEARL.
Some critics have pointed out that the author showed his great respect for the natural
environment, and that this book was really his statement about the dangers of creating serious damage
to it. When the fisherman throws the pearl back into the sea, he is doing something useful in his effort
to prevent the habitat destruction. In fact, Steinbeck was a member of an expedition to explore marine
life along the coast of California when he heard the story of the “pearl of the world”. Other critics
have suggested that this work is the struggle between the good and the bad. Although the fisherman
has dreamed of buying peace and happiness with the pearl, he realizes that these spiritual gifts are
beyond price. They can not be bought.
It is true that Steinbeck’s work has won popularity among the readers. Perhaps everyone takes
his own meaning from this story and reads his own life into it.
80
25. THE PEARL is written by . . . . . . . . . .
a. a fisherman b. a villager c. John Steinbeck d. a member of an expedition
26. The word “It” in line 2 refers to . . . . . . . . . .
a. the huge pearl b. the discovery c. one of the characters d. the story
27. Which of the followings is not correct about the book THE PEARL?
a. It is too simple to be read.
b. It sets an example of protecting the natural habitat.
c. It states that happiness and peace can not be bought with money.
d. It has remained so popular.
28. The writer of this passage . . . . . . . . . .
a. disagrees with the critics.
b. does not enjoy Steinbeck’s work.
c. feels that reading THE PEARL is a personal experience.
d. was a member of an expedition to explore marine life along the coast of California.
29. The word “authentic” in line 3 could best be replaced by . . . . . . . . . .
a. romantic b. vulnerable c. incredible d. realistic
VI. CLOZE TEST: Read the passage carefully and choose the best answer for each numbered
blank.
UNESCO
Who we are:
The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural (30)....... is a specialised international
agency that (31) ............ in 1945. Through its activities within the fields of education, social and
(32)...........science, culture and communication, UNESCO is (33)........contributing to the achievement
of the Development Goals of the United Nations Millennium Declaration, especially those (34) .........
aim to reduce the proportion of people living in extreme (35).........., to achieve universal primary
education, and to ensure environmental sustainability.
What we do:
UNESCO has been active in Viet Nam (36)........1976. The agency’s goal is to contribute to
empowering the people of Viet Nam, especially the (37)........ population groups, to fully participate in
and benefit from development. Within the fields of culture and science, UNESCO in Viet Nam
(38)......... international efforts to protect world heritage and preserve cultural and natural (39)............
30. a. Fund b. Association c. Organization d. Organizer
31. a. was found b. was founded c. found d. founded
32. a. natural b. naturally c. nature d. naturalness
33. a. active b. action c. actively d. act
34. a. who b. whom c. whose d. which
35. a. poor b. poorly c. the poor d. poverty
36. a. from b. since c. in d. for
37. a. advantage b. disadvantage c. advantaged d. disadvantaged
38. a. participate b. take place c. support d. compete
39. a. diversity b. situation c. integration d. development
VII. WRITING: Choose the best sentence that can be made from the words given
40. The Arabian Desert / third largest in the world / cover / nearly 1 million square miles of the
Arabian Peninsula
a. The Arabian Desert is third largest in the world covers nearly 1 million square miles of the
Arabian Peninsula.
81
b. The Arabian Desert, third largest in the world, cover nearly 1 million square miles of the
Arabian Peninsula.
c. The Arabian Desert, third largest in the world, so covers nearly 1 million square miles of the
Arabian Peninsula.
d. The Arabian Desert, the third largest in the world, covers nearly 1 million square miles of the
Arabian Peninsula.
41. There / a number of measures / should / take / protect / endanger species
a. There are a number of measures that should take to protect endanger species.
b. There are a number of measures should take to protect endangered species.
c. There are a number of measures that should be take to protect endangered species.
d. There are a number of measures that should be taken to protect endangered species.
42. Books / the home / a wonderful source / knowledge / pleasure
a. Books in the home are a wonderful source of knowledge and pleasure.
b. Books in the home are a wonderful source of knowledge about pleasure.
c. Books around the home is a wonderful source of knowledge for pleasure.
d. Books in the home keep a wonderful source with knowledge and pleasure.
Choose the sentence which has the closest meaning to the original one
43. You are not allowed to use this machine after 5.30 p.m.
a. You can not use this machine after 5.30 p.m.
b. You needn’t use this machine after 5.30 p.m.
c. You may not use this machine after 5.30 p.m.
d. You mustn’t use this machine after 5.30 p.m.
44. I haven’t finished the report yet though I worked overtime last night.
a. I worked overtime last night, but I haven’t finished the report yet.
b. Because I haven’t finished the report yet, I worked overtime last night.
c. Although I worked overtime last night, but I haven’t finished the report yet.
d. I haven’t finished the report yet, therefore I worked overtime last night.
45. He didn’t try hard and therefore failed the entrance exam to university.
a. If he had tried hard, he would not fail the entrance exam to university.
b. If he tried hard, he would pass the entrance exam to university.
c. If he had tried hard, he would have passed the entrance exam to university.
d. If he hadn’t failed the entrance exam to university, he would have tried hard.
VIII/ IDENTIFICATION: Identify the one underlined word or phrase
46. The pool (a) where we (b) play water polo (c) is (d) long 1.8 meters.
47. (a) Thousands of people (b) was died in (c ) the tsunami (d) hitting Asia in 2004.
48. (a) The injured of (b) natural disasters (c ) is always (d) helped by the International Red Cross.
49. The bomb (a) went out in the field (b) but (c ) fortunately nobody (d) was hurt.
50. Different (a) efforts have been made (b) so that to save many species (c) which are in (d) danger of
extinction.
The end!
82
PRACTICE TEST 4
I. Chọn từ (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với những từ
còn lại trong mỗi câu sau :
1. A. attracts B. photographs C. cooks D. speeds
2. A. phoned B. jumped C. lived D. loved
3. A. digest B. biologist C. curriculum D. certificate
II. Chọn từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí khác với các từ còn lại:
4. A. supportive B. different C. confide D. contractual
5. A. optimistic B. enthusiast C. education D. personality
III. Chọn từ / cụm từ thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B,C,D.) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau:
6. Strong actions that can easily be seen are considered to be big, obvious ............ signals.
A. verbal B. non- verbal C. tongue D. oral
7. Professor Berg was very interested in the …………… of cultures all over the world.
A. variety B. changes C. conservation D. number.
8. I am really ............... in the way he talks, but the way he behaves.
A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. interestingly
9. He was the only ........... that was offered the job.
A. apply B. application C. applicant D. applying
10. ........ is the activity of doing special exercises regularly in order to make your muscles grow
bigger.
A. Wrestling B. Bodybuilding C. Weightlifting D. Badminton
11. After my sister .................. her clothes, she began watching T.V
A. had washed B. has washed C. was washing D. washes
12. Water ............... of hydrogen and oxygen .
A. consist B. consists C. consisted D. have consisted
13. Please don’t make so much noise! I ................
A. have studied B. study C. studied D. am studying
14. Many people still refused to believe that smoking ............ dangerous.
A. be B. is C . are D. been
15. Living in the city is getting ..................
A. more expensive and expensive B. more expensive and more expensive
C. expensive and expensive D. more and more expensive
16. He spends ................... time on his work.
A. much and much B. more and more C. more and much D. many and many.
17. Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) thích hợp với câu sau:
Somebody accused him of stealing money.
A. He was accused of stealing money.
B. He was accused by someone of stealing money.
C. He is accused of stealing money by someone .
D. He was accused stealing money.
18. She .................... to me since last year.
A. has not written B. wrote C. writes D. had not written
19. Chọn câu (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) thích hợp với câu sau
People should send their complaints to the head office.
A. Complaints should be sent to the head office.
B. Complaints should be sent the head office by people .
C. Their complaints should send to the head office by people
D. Their complaints to the head office should be sent.
83
20. We avoid ............... our environment.
A. polluted B. polluting C. pollute D. to pollute
21.If you hate cleaning this fish, why don’t you ............. it cleaned at the fishmonger’s.
A. make B. ask C. order D. have
22. The larger the apartment is , the ................ the rent is .
A. expensive B. expensively C. more expensive D. most expensive
23. I have lost my umbrella . I .............. it on the bus.
A. should have left B. can leave C. could leave D. must have left
24. They ................. me if they knew my address.
A. will visit B. would visit C. would have visited D. visit
“ Don’t forget to give book to Tom” she said
A. She reminded me to forget to give book back to Tom.
B. She reminded me not to remember to give book back to Tom.
C. She reminded me remember to give book back to Tom.
D. She reminded me to give book back to Tom.
“ If I were you, I would go by taxi, Richard.” She said.
A. She advised me to go by taxi. B. She advised Richard to go by taxi.
C. She advised Richard to going by taxi. D. She advised Richard going by taxi.
27. Tom said that____
A. Lan has bought a new car B. Lan had bought a new car
C. Lan will buy a new car D. Lan buys a new car
28. An architect is someone_____
A. that design buildings B. who designs buildings
C. whose designs buildings D. which designs buildings
29. If we arrived at the station a few minutes earlier,____
A. we would catch the train B. we will catch the train
C. we might have caught the train D. we would have missed the train
30. Charlie said that____.
A. he is thinking of going to live in Canada.
B. he was thinking of going to live in Canada.
C. he has thought of going to live in Canada.
D. he would be thinking of going to live in Canada.
31. The girl ____ is now in hospital.
A. who injured in the accident B. was injured in the accident
C. who was injured in the accident D. whom he injured
32. My parents are the first people____ advice I usually ask for.
A. what B. which C. who D. whose
33. _____ was Doimoi officially initiated?- In 1986.
A. Where B. How C. When D. Why
34. Many things will ____ by computerized control.
A. doing B. do C. be done D. did
35. How has Vietnam ____ since Doimoi?
A. change B. changed C. changes D. changing
IV. Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ có gạch dưới, cần phải sửa, để câu trở thành chính xác:
36. Susan stopped to write her letter because she had to leave for the hospital.
84
A B C D
37. We didn’t have many knowledge about physics.
A B C D
38.We were advised not drinking the water in the bottle.
A. B C D
39. The storm prevented us to go out.
A B C D
40. They can’t pay the rent unless their parents don’t send them some money.
A B C D
IV. Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn câu trả lời đúng nhất.
Education is another area of social life in which information technology is changing the way we
communicate. Today's college students may not simple sit in a lecture or a library to learn about their
field. Through their computers and the wonders of virtual reality they can participate in lifelike
simulated experiences. Consider the following scenario of the future of education made possible
through developments in information technology.
For children over the age of 10, daily attendance at schools is not compulsory. Some of the
older children attend school only once or twice a weekly to get tutorial support or instruction from a
teacher. For the most part, pupils are encouraged to work online from home. Students should complete
a minimum number of study hour per year; however, they may make up these hours by studying at
home at times that suit their family schedule. They can log on early or late in the day and even join
live classes in other countries. In order to ensure that each student is learning adequately, computer
software will automatically monitor the number hours a week each student studies on line as well as
that student's learning materials and assessment activities. Reports will be available for parents and
teachers. The software can then identify the best learning activities and conditions for each individual
student and generate similar activities. It can be also identify areas of week achievement and produce
special programs adjusted to the students' needs.
41. What is the topic of the passage?

A. Students don't have to go to school any more
B. The effect of information technology on education
C. Students can know about their weak aspects to focus
D. Computer software will make sure students learn at home
42. How many times are children who are older than 10 required to go to school weekly?
A. Three B. No time C. Once or twice D. Four
43. Who/what counts the number of hours per week that students spend learning?
A. Teacher B. Parents C. Virtual reality D. Computers
44. What can't the software do?
A. Find out the best activities for the students B. Design materials for the students
C. Identify weaknesses of the students D. Monitor the time the students learn
45. What is NOT MENTIONED as a benefit of information technology to the students?
A. Students can learn at times that suit their schedule
B. Students can stay at home to learn
C. Students' learning time won't be monitored
D. Students' weak achievement can be identified.
V. Chọn câu trả lời đúng và điền vào chỗ trống.

The United State has many different types of families. While most American families are
traditional,(46) ____ a father, mother and one or more children, 22 percent of all American families in
85
1980 were dead by one parent, usually a woman. In a few families in the United States, there are no
children. These (47)____ couples may believe that they would not make good parents, they may want
freedom the responsibilities of childrearing; or, perhaps they (48) _____ physically able to have
children. Other families in the United States have one adult (49)____ a stepparent. A stepmother or
step father is a person who joins a family by marrying a father or mother.
Americans tolerate and accept these different types of families. In the United States, people
have the right to privacy and Americans do not believe in telling other Americans what types of family
group they must belong to. They respect each other's choices regarding family groups. Families are
very important (50) ____ Americans.
46. A. consisting of B. consisting C. consist of D. in concluding of

47. A. childlike B. childish C. childless D. childhood
48. A. weren't B. can't C. are not D. couldn't
49. A. who is B. is C. which has D. which is
50. A. to B. of C. for D. in
The end!
I went out in my slippers Tôi đã mang dép đi ra ngoài rồi
Len and Jim worked for the same company. One Len và Jim cùng làm việc cho một công ty. Một
day, Len lent Jim 20 dollars, but then Jim left his hôm Len cho Jim vay 20 đô la, nhưng sau đó Jim
job and went to work in another town without bỏ việc và đi làm ở một thị trấn khác mà không trả
paying Len back his 20 dollars. 20 đô la cho Len.
Len did not see Jim for a year, and then he heard Len không gặp Jim trong một năm trời, và anh
from another friend that Jim was in town and nghe một người bạn nói là Jim đang có mặt trong
staying at the central hotel, so he went to see him thị trấn và ở tại khách sạn trung tâm, do đó anh tới
there late in the evening. gặp Jim vào chiều tối hôm đó.
He found out the number of Jim’s room from the Anh tìm được số phòng của Jim là nhờ người tiếp
clerk at the desk downstairs and went up to find tân dưới lầu và lên lầu tìm Jim. Khi tới phòng, anh
him. When he got to the room, he saw Jim’s shoes thấy đôi giày của Jim để ngoài cửa đang chờ được
outside the door, waiting to be cleaned. đánh bóng.
“Well, he must be in,” he thought, and knocked at “Chắc hản anh ta phải có ở trong phòng.” Len nghĩ
the door. thầm và gõ cửa.
There was no answer. Không có tiếng trả lời.
He knocked again. Then he said, Anh lại gõ cửa lần nữa rồi nói:
“I know you’re in, Jim. Your shoes are out here’. “ Tôi đã biết cậu ở trong phòng, Jim ạ. Đôi giày
“I went out in my slippers,” answered a voice của cậu ở ngoài này mà.”
from inside the room. “Tôi đã mang dép đi ra ngoài rồi.” Câu trả lời từ
trong phòng vọng ra.
PRACTICE TEST 5
Chọn từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1. A. works B. shops C. shifts D. plays
2. A. treated B. looked C. watched D. laughed
3. A. animal B. character C. imagine D. personality
Chọn từ có trọng âm chính khác với những từ còn lại.
4. A. economics B. engineering C. information D. geography
5. A. opponent B. vertical C. windsurfing D. penalty
86
B- TỪ VỰNG – NGỮ PHÁP
Chọn MỘT từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp nhất để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.
6. Three great ______ of sandy desert almost circle the centre of Australia.
A. series B. groups C. stretches D. lines
7. In developing countries, 90 percent of people use _____for cooking and heat.
A. wood B. eucalyptus C. cactus D. date palm.
8. Many plant and animal______ are now in danger of extinction.
A. pieces B. species C. amount D. numbers.
9. The disappearance of one or several species may result in the loss of ______.
A. university B. biology C. biodiversity D. diversity
10. If you want to learn how to knit or work with wood, you should buy a___ book.
A. novel B. comic C. science D. craft
11. Fish is easy to _____when you are ill.
A. digest B. direct C. cook D. fry
12. ______is considered one of the most complete form of exercise, it is the basic part of many other
aquatic sports.
A. Snorkeling B. Water polo C. Scuba diving D. Swimming
13. The Asian Games is an occasion when friendship and ______are built and deepened.
A. solidarity B. determination C. admiration D. rival
14. The crash ______in the deaths of ten passengers.
A. resulted B. made C. created D. helped.
15. Women are usually more________ than men.
A. sympathize B. sympathetic C. sympathy D. sympathetically
16. The negative effect of cigarette smoking is enormous, ______ many people still smoke.
A. but B. so C. therefore D. however
17. You ______take anything out of the shop without paying for it.
A. need B. needn’t C. must D. mustn’t
18. My problems are getting _______.
A. more and more bad B. bader and bader
C. worse and worse D. the worse and worse
19. All the iron doors _________ by wooden doors.
A. must be replaced B. must replace C. must replaced D. must to be replaced
20. The bigger the supermarket is, __________.
A. the choice is wide B. the wider the choice is.
C. the most the choice is D. the wider the choice it is.
21. It would have been a much more serious accident if ____ fast at the time.
A. had she have driving B. was she driving
C. she had driven D. she drove
22. Broken glass often _________injuries.
A. is causing B. has caused C. causes D. is caused by
23. When he ______, he will tell us about the match.
A. arrives B. will arrive C. arrive D. is arrive.
24. The firemen have been examining the ground ________ yesterday.
A. since B. for C. ago D. by
25. The girls and flowers _____he painted were vivid.
A. who B. which C. whose D. that
26. We ________ open the lion’s cage. It is contrary to Zoo regulations.
87
A. must B. mustn't C. needn't D. should
27. Books that give fact about real events, things, or people are called ________ .
A. novel B. biography C. non-fiction D. romance
28. __________ is the natural environment in which plants or animals live.
A. Habitat B. Habitant C. Extinction D. Biodiversity
29. Be careful of that dog. It might _________ you.
A. bite B. slip C. wake D. break
30. I have been looking ______ this book for months, and at last, I have found it.
A. over B. up C. for D. at
C- ĐỌC HIỂU: Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng nhất cho 5 câu sau.
JOB INTERVIEW - SELLING YOURSELF
When you apply for a job, one of the most important things is job interview. In order to make a
good impression during a job interview, you need to prepare yourself for the interview carefully.
Punctuation is very necessary. You should arrive in plenty of time so that you have a little time
to relax and keep calm before the interview.
You should be well dressed. Do not wear a skirt which is too short or jeans. You also need to
plan what you are going to say. You have to answer a lot of questions about your education and
experience. You may be asked many things about yourself and especially about the reason why you
decide to apply for the job.
You can ask the interviewer about the salary you expect, the position you are applying and the
duties you have to do in the job.
You also must try to find out as much as possible about the Company you want to work for.
31. When you apply for a job ______

A. job interview is not important. B. don't make any good impression.
C. preparation is not necessary. D. interview is important for you to prepare.
32. What about punctuation?
A. Being late is all right B. You should arrive early enough to relax
C. Punctuation is not important D. If you are late the interviewer will wait.
33. What about clothes?
A. You can wear whatever you like. B. You should be well dressed.
C. Jeans are suggested. D. A short skirt makes you more attractive.
34. You may be asked about ___________.
A. your study B. the reason why you are interested in the job
C. your experience D. All are correct
35. You can ask the interviewer about _____
A. the salary, position and duties
B. the salary, position and his age
C. the salary and the interviewer's education
D. the salary, the interviewer's family and his duties.
Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án đúng nhất cho 5 chỗ trống sau.
Forests are useful to Man in several ways. Wood is always necessary for building and for
making all kinds of things and we usually need firewood in our homes. Forests provide timber, one of
the most (36) ………… resources, but they must be used wisely and managed (37) ………… . Men
should control the cutting of trees in such a way that the forest grows more trees (38) ….…… it would
88
be cut, leaving the young ones to grow bigger. Trees and shrubs are also needed to preserve land
(39) ..………… their roots bind the soil, preventing heavy rain (40) ………… washing the soil away.
36. A. valuable B. reasonable C. comfortable D. famous

37. A. good B. widely C. nicely D. carefully
38. A. as B. than C. then D. that
39. A. because B. because of C. but D. and
40. A. in B. with C. from D. at
IV- VIẾT:
Xác định từ hoặc cụm từ gạch dưới, cần phải sửa để câu trở thành chính xác:
41. In spite of my father is old, he still goes to work.
A B C D
42. The result of that test must be inform before August.
A B C D
43. She has disappeared three days ago, and they are still looking for her now.
A B C D
44. My little daughter is going to being taken to day care center.
A B C D
45.There are many single mothers and single fathers which are raising children by themselves.
A B C D
Chọn câu tương ứng thích hợp (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D)

46. “They are playing soccer now.” The passive voice is:
A. Soccer is played now B. Soccer is being played now
C. Soccer are being played now D. Soccer is be played now
47. “No parking” It means:
A. There is no park here
B. You can’t go to the park here
C. You are not allowed to park your car here
D. There’s not enough space for parking here
48. It rains so we can’t go to school
A. If it rains, I could go to school B. If it didn’t rain, I could go to school
C. If it not rain, I could go to school D. If it rains, I can go to school
49. “Open your book.” The reported speech is:
A. I told him to open his book B. I told him open his book
C. I told him opening his book D. I told him to open your book
50. He asked me how I earned my living
A. He wanted to know what my job was
B. He wanted to know how I lived
C. He wanted to know how I enjoyed my life
D. He wanted to know how much I got for a salary
The end!
89
PRACTICE TEST 6
I. Chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) ứng với từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ
còn lại trong mỗi câu sau.
1. A. shirt B. fire C. first D. bird
2. A. cuts B. reads C. opens D. plays
3. A. those B. there C. think D. than
4. A. mounted B. needed C. interested D. relaxed
II. Chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) ứng với từ có trọng âm chính nhấn vào âm tiết có vị trí
khác với những từ còn lại trong mỗi câu sau.
5. A. cinema B. physical C. statistics D. politics
6. A. artificial B. professional C. individual D. possibility
7. A. polite B. pollen C. police D. pollute
8. A. satisfaction B. satisfy C. satisfying D. satisfied
III. Chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) để hoàn thành mỗi câu sau.
9. She got up late and rushed to the bus stop.
A. came into B. went leisurely C. went quickly D. dropped by
10. Billy, come and give me a hand with cooking.
A. help B. prepare C. be busy D. attempt
11. School uniform is compulsory in most of Vietnamese schools.
A. depended B. required C. divided D. paid
12. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200,000 people and left countless wounded and
homeless.
A. poor B. imprisoned C. suffered D. injured
13. ………. is a sport in which two or more people perform complicated and carefully planned
movements in water in time to music.
A. Rowing B. Windsurfing C. Diving D. Synchronized swimming
14. Working as an astronaut requires high ………. knowledge.
A. technique B. technical C. technically D. technician
15. ………. is the study or creation of theories about basic things such as the nature of existence,
knowledge, and thought, or about how people should live.
A. Politics B. Physics C. Philosophy D. Business
16. ASEAN was founded on 8 August, 1967 with five ……….: Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Singapore, and the Philippines.
A. members B. competitors C. leaders D. statesmen
17. ………. you study for these exams, ………. you will do.
A. The harder / the better B. The more / the much
C. The hardest / the best D. The more hard / the more good
18. I would rather ………. a sleep than ………. out for a walk now.
A. to have / go B. have / going C. have / go D. to have / to go
19. He ………. in the same house since 1975.
A. has lived B. is living C. lived D. had lived
20. The women's movement has brought light to ………. areas in which women do not have equality
with men.
A. a B. an C. the D. Ø
21. My husband and I take turns cleaning ………. the kitchen depending ………. who gets home from
work earlier.
A. away / to B. from / in C. up / on D. with / for
90
22. If I ………. you, I would stay at home and have a rest.
A. am B. have been C. are D. were
23. The man ………. is drinking orange juice is my eldest brother.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
24. ………. did it take you to make this cake?
A. How far B. How long C. How often D. How many
IV. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau.
One of the most important ways to help threatened plants and animals survive is to protect their
habitats in national parks, nature reserves or wilderness areas. There they can live without too much
interference from humans. It is also important to protect habitats outside reserves such as on farms or
along roadsides. Some areas have groups which look after local lands and nature reserves. They do
this by removing weeds and planting local lands species in their places. If you want to help threatened
species, you can join one of these groups, or even start a new one with your parents and friends. Ask
your local parks authority or council for information.
25. One of the most important ways to help threatened plants and animals survive is ………. .
A. to provide them food and medical care
B. to protect their feeding ground in national parks, nature reserves or wilderness
C. to keep their living environment from interference from humans
D. to destroy their habitats
26. Protecting habitats outside reserves is ………. .
A. a necessary thing B. an unnecessary thing
C. the most important thing D. more important than protecting the national parks
27. What do the groups do to look after local lands and nature reserves?
A. They protect habitats on farms and along roadsides.
B. They remove weeds and plant local lands species in their places.
C. They ask local authority or council for help.
D. They ask their parents and friends for help.
28. What does the word “one” on the 6th line mean?
A. national park B. habitat C. interference D. group
29. If you want to get more directions, you should ………. .
A. ask these groups B. ask your relatives and friends
C. ask police D. local parks authority or council
V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau và chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) cho mỗi câu sau.
The interview is one of the most important parts in the job search process. When an (30) .....
invites you to an interview, he / she is indicating an (31)..... in yourself. The interview gives both of
you the opportunity to (32)..... enough information to determine if you are good “fit” for each other.
Think (33)..... an interview as a highly focused (34)….. conversation. You should (35)..... the limited
amount of time you have learning about the employer’s needs and discuss the ways you can meet
these (36)..... .In many cases, you will interview at lease twice before being employed (37)..... a
position. Once in a brief screening interview and at least once again in a (38)..... serious meeting when
you may also talk to many of your (39)….. coworkers.
30. A. employee B. employer C. employment D. employ
31. A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. interestingly
32. A. fill B. change C. exchange D. translate
33. A. in B. of C. with D. on
34. A. profession B. professor C. professionally D. professional
35. A. apply B. make C. spend D. post
36. A. needs B. convenience C. comfort D. problems
91
37. A. in B. for C. from D. at
38. A. most B. mostly C. more than D. more
39. A. bored B. boring C. potential D. potentially
VI. Chọn phương án (A hoặc B, C, D) cùng nghĩa với câu cho sẵn.
40. Although he got more votes, he didn’t become president.
A. Despite he got more votes, he didn’t become president.
B. Despite getting more votes, he didn’t become president.
C. If he got more votes, he would become president.
D. He needed more votes to become president.
41. They will fill the area with coconut trees.
A. Coconut trees will be filled with the area.
B. The area with coconut trees will be filled.
C. The area will fill with coconut trees.
D. The area will be filled with coconut trees.
42. “My mother has just had a baby,” said Mary.
A. Mary said that her mother had just had a baby.
B. Mary said that my mother had just had a baby.
C. Mary said her mother has just had a baby.
D. Mary said my mother has just had a baby.
VII. Từ các từ cho sẳn hãy chọn câu được viết lại sao cho có nghĩa nhất.
43. The boy / he / his father / homework / home / come / finish / last night.
A. The boy had finished his homework before his father came home last night.
B. His father came home before the boy had finished his homework last night.
C. Before his father had finished his homework, the boy came home last night.
D. Before the boy had come home, his father finished his homework last night.
44. Tam / the novel / he / its ending / read / not remember / three times / however
A. Tam had read the novel three times; however, he can’t remember its ending.
B. Tam can’t remember its ending; however, he had read the novel three times.
C. However, Tam reads the novel three times, he can’t remember its ending.
D. Tam has read the novel three times: however, he can’t remember its ending.
45. he / John / the entrance examination / university / pass / go / last year / if.
A. If he went to the university last year, John would pass the entrance examination.
B. John would go to the university if he passed the entrance examination last year.
C. If John had passed the entrance examination last year, he would have gone to the university.
D. John would have passed the entrance examination if he had gone to the university.
VIII. Xác định từ / cụm từ có gạch dưới (ứng với A hoặc B, C, D) cần phải sửa để những câu trở
thành chính xác.
46. One of the worst disease that mankind has ever had is cancer.
A B C D
47. She received her early educate from her father.
A B C D
48. Economics are a difficult subject for young students to understand.
A B C D
49. He is an interested man. He always makes his friends interested in his funny stories.
A B C D
50. After missing a term through illness, he had to work hard to catch with up the others.
A B C D
THE END!
92
PRACTICE TEST 7
Read the passage and choose the best answer A,B,C or D.
It is not easy to choose a career today. Hundreds of students are leaving schools and universities
every year to seek employment in the various professions, though employment opportunities are not
increasing proportionately. As a result, there is a lot of unemployment.
The inability of the various professions to absorb all those seeking employment makes the choice
of a career more difficult. Before one leaves school or university, one has many plans, confident that
choosing a career will not be difficult. But when, the time comes to choose a career, one finds that
there are others with better qualifications waiting to enter the same profession. Disillusioned, one then
looks for any kind of employment. In this way, many who wanted to become police inspectors or field
assistants in the rubber estates in this country, become teachers instead, and many who wanted to
become teachers, have become clerks.
The lack of institutions where people could acquire the skills necessary for a particular career
makes the choice of a career even more difficult. For example, if one desires to become a journalist,
one has to receive some training and instruction in a school of journalism. But if there is no such
school, one is compelled to think of some other career.
1. Hundreds of students……………….. every year to seek employment.
A. wait to enter the same profession. C. make the choice of a career.
B. want to become police inspectors. D. finish their study.
2. Employment opportunities are not increasing……………….
A. in disillusion B. in the rate of size
C. in various D. in a lot of unemployment
3. Before one leaves school or university, ……………..
A. they should make the way to achieve something. C. they absorb all employment.
B. they have to receive some training and instruction. D. they become police inspectors
4. Another example of unsatisfying job is that many who wanted to become teachers, have
become…………
A. journalists B. police inspectors C. instructors D. shop assistants
Choose the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others
in the same line.
5. A. swear B. swim C. sword D. sweet
6. A. modify B. simplify C. clarify D. pottery
Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the rest in each group
7. A. electrical B. obligation C. exploration D. individual
8. A. situation B. relaxation C. appropriate D. recreation
Choose the word or phrase ( A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in the following passage.
Weather influences the lives of everyone. The climate of every country depends on the
position on the earth, its ……… (9) from the sea and how high it is. In countries which have sea all
………(10) them, like Great Britain and New Zealand, winters are mild and winters are cool. There is
not a huge change from one season to ……… (11)
Countries near the Equator have hot weather all year with some ……… (12) rain, except in
deserts where it rains ………(13) little. Above the desert there are no clouds in the sky, so the heat
of the sun can nearly warm the ground during the day, but it gets very cold at night.
9. A. distance B. space C. depth D. length
10. A. through B. beside C. around D. near
93
11. A. next B. another C. later D. other
12. A. thick B. large C. heavy D. great
13. A. not B. quite C. more D. very
Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting.
14. The school year generally begins in September and end in late May.
A B C D
15. All the students are looking forward receiving their certificate today.
A B C D
16. This is the only place which we can obtain scientific information.
A B C D
17. Food and supplies are often carrying through deserts by camels.
A B C D
18. I want the boy to grow up hating violence so his father keeps buying him guns and swords.
A B C D
Choose the correct sentence among A, B, C or D which has the same meaning as the given one
19. The police are searching the truck.
A. The truck is searched C. The truck are searched
B. The truck is being searched D. The truck are being searched
20. They began to build the bridge 2 months ago.
A. The bridge was begun to build 2 months ago. B. The bridge was begun to be built 2 months ago.
C. The bridge began to build 2 months ago. D. The bridge began to be built 2 months ago.
21. He doesn’t work hard, so they will dismiss him.
A. Unless he works hard, they will dismiss him. B. If he works hard, they will dismiss him.
C. He will work hard if they dismiss him D. Unless he doesn’t work hard, they will dismiss him.
22. There was too much noise, so we couldn’t hear the speech.
A. We couldn’t hear the speech because there’s too much noise.
B. There was so much noise that we couldn’t hear the speech
C. It was too noisy, however, we heard the speech.
D. Too much noise makes us enable to hear the speech.
23. It rained all day, but we enjoyed ourselves all the same.
A. It rained all day and we did not enjoy at all.
B. It rained all day and we enjoy it less.
C. We enjoyed in the same way as others because it rained all day.
D. It rained all day, however, we enjoyed it.
Choose the best answer A, B, C or D:
24. My bike, ……. I had left at the gate, had disappeared.
A. when B. whose C. that D. which
25. Her job was so…….. that she decided to quit it.
A. stressful B. wonderful C. satisfactory D. interesting
26. Do you know the boy…… father is a teacher?
A. whom B. which C. that D. whose
27. This room……… since the last time I was here.
A. has been painted B. had been painted C. painted D. has painted
28. If I …… my passport, I’ll be in trouble.
A. will lose B. lost C. lose D. would lose
29. If there were no TV, people ………
A. would go out more B. will go out more
C. can go out more D. have gone out more
94
30. We have enough food at home, so we ………go shopping today.
A. can’t B. haven’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
31. …….. is a person who takes people to places of interest.
A. farmer B. doctor C. tourist guide D. writer
32. Don’t phone Ann now. She ………be having lunch.
A. might . can C. must D. has to
33. The weather was terrible. I wish it………… warmer.
A. were B. was C. has been D. had been
34. My parents first……….. each other at the Olympic Games in 1980.
A. had meet B. met C. have met D. meet
35. This machine….. after 5.30 p.m.
A. mustn’t be used B. mustn’t been used
C. must be not used D. mustn’t used
36. When I came to visit her last night, she…… a bath.
A. is having B. was having C. has D. had
37. A: “Thank you so much for a lovely party.”
A. Thanks B. Have a good day C. You are welcome D. Cheers
38. Maths, Vietnamese literature and English are the….. subjects in national exams.
A. core B. additional C. favorite D. center
39. New research suggests that exercise ………reduce the chance of heart disease as well as cancer.
A. must B. should C. would D. can
40. If Bob……….. with us, he would have had a good time.
A. had come B. would come C. would have come D. came
41. In Vietnam, children must go to school between ages 6 and 14. It is…….
A. available B. optional C. compulsory D. necessary
42. Thousands of species of animals and plants are ………and the number increases each year.
A. danger B. dangerous C. endanger D. endangered
43. I still can’t believe it! My bicycle……… last night.
A. stole B. was stolen C. stolen D. was stealing
44. He failed the test…………. he studied hard.
A. as B. in spite of C. despite D. although
45. Don’t waste time……. that car.
A. repairing B. repair C. for repairing D. to repair
46. She has worked as a secretary…… she graduated from college.
A. since B. until C. before D. while
47. It started to rain heavily, ………we decided to stay home.
A. so B. but C. however D. therefore
48. ………….. does the first lesson begin? – At 1.00 p.m.
A. What time B. How C. What D. Who
49. A: Why are you buying many bricks?
B: Because I…………… a garage.
A. will build B. am going to build C. are going to build D. am built
50. The old man is said…… all his money to an old people’s home when he died.
A. have left B. to leave C. to have left D. to leaving
95
PRACTICE TEST 8
Chọn từ có trọng âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1. a. expedition b. intervention c. inhabitant d. optimistic
2. a. deforestation b. exploitation c. biodiversity d. urbanization
3. a. diversity b. agriculture c. development d. contaminate
4. a. employment b. remember c. concentrate d. position
Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới có cách phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
5. a. naked b. looked c. booked d. hooked
6. a. dates b. matches c. boxes d. cases
7. a. drainage b. purchase c. surface d. palace
8. a. through b. other c. everything d. thanks
Chọn từ/ cụm từ thích hợp nhất để điền vào ô trống ớ mỗi câu sau:
9. We can.......not only through words but also through body language.
a. talk b. transfer c. interpret d. communicate
10. /..................... communication is related to expressions of the face and gestures.
a. Informal b. Non – verbal c. Formal d. Verbal
11. According to most Asians, love is supposed to follow marriage, not _____________ it.
a. precede b. confide c. sacrifice d. determine
12. The state school system can be divided into two __________ of education: primary education
and secondary education.
a. levels b. schools c. class d. standards
13. In Britain it is _________ for children to attend school between the age of five and sixteen.
a. enforced b. compulsory c. obliged d. optional
14. Whenever something goes wrong, everyone ___________ it on me.
a. blames b. charges c. insists d. accuses
15. If it is a book on a subject you are interested in, you will want to “chew and digest it”
a. read a bit c. read all at a time b. dip into d. read carefully and slowly
16. The forest provides a(n) ____________ for hundreds of species of plants and animals.
a. ecosystem b. biodiversity c. environment d. habitat
Chọn phương án (A, B, C, hoặc D) thích hợp nhất cho mỗi câu sau:
17. Mike said, "We have just bought these books."
a. Mike said they just bought those books. b. Mike said they had just bought those books.
c. Mike said they have just bought those books. d. Mike said they had bought those books.
18. Last Sunday I decided to go to the concert. When I got there, the tickets _______. So I went back
home.
a. had been sold b. had sold c. sold d. were selling
19. They have built a new hospital near the airport.
a. Near the airport has been built a new hospital.
b. A new hospital near the airport has been built.
c. A new hospital has been built near the airport.
d. Near the airport a new hospital has been builded
20. If you had taken my advice, you _________ in such difficulties.
a. won’t be b. hadn’t been c. wouldn’t be d. wouldn’t have been
21. The television ________. It's not working now.
a. should be repaired b. should repair c. need to be repaired d. need repairing
22. Geography is a very interesting subject; ______ , very few people study it thoroughly.
96
a. and b. however c. moreover d. so
23. Their contribution to the project became increasingly important.
a. Their contribution to the project became increasingly more and more important.
b. Their contribution to the project became importanter and importanter
c. Their contribution to the project became more and more important.
d. Their contribution to the project became more important.
24. The passengers had to wait because the plane ______ off one hour late.
a. took b. turned c. cut d. made
Chọn phương án thích hợp để hoàn thành mỗi . sau, theo nghĩa của đoạn văn
My favorite sport is swimming. I learned to swim when I was five and I have been to the
swimming pool at least twice a week ever since. You do not need much special equipment if you want
to learn to swim-only a pair of swimming trunks if you are a boy, or a swimming costume and a cap if
you are a girl. When you start you may like to use a ring or some water-wings.
How can you learn to swim? It is best to learn when you are still quite young and some parents
even taught their six-month-old babies to swim. It is just a good idea just to play round in the pool for
a while until you get used to being in the water. Try to find a good teacher. You must learn to keep
your balance in the water and then your teacher will show how to move your arms and legs so that you
move along smoothly and easily. As soon as you feel confident in the pool you will quickly start
making good progress. Most people learn the breaststroke first and then go on to backstroke and
crawl. After that, you can learn to dive. Diving is probably what I like doing most when I go to the
pool. I am particularly interested in swimming faster than anyone else but I love trying to dive as
gracefully as possible. Swimming is not an expensive sport and it is very good for all the muscles in
your body. I would recommend anyone at any age to take up swimming as a hobby.
25. The writer says that..............
A. he has been to the swimming pool only twice since he was five.
B. he went to the swimming pool twice when he was five.
C. he went to the swimming pool twice a week when he was five.
D. he has been to the swimming pool twice a week since he was five.
26. According to the writer
A. one must use a water-wing for swimming practice.
B. it costs a lot to learn to swim.
C. one must buy a lot of special equipment for swimming practice.
D. special equipment doesn't matter a lot when one learns to swim.
27. The writer advises us to
A. learn to swim under a trainer's guidance.
B· start learning to swim since the age of six.
C. learn to dive before practicing swimming.
D. to keep our arms and legs from moving along in the water
28. The writer likes to
A. play around in the water only B. practise hard so as to become a fast swimmer.
C. practise diving as gracefully as possible D. take part in a swimming contest.
29. The word take up in the passage means:
A. choose B. like C. receive D. get
Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp nhất để điền vào ô trống trong đoạn văn sau:
Women's rights establish the same social, economic, and political (30).... for women as for men.
Women's rights guarantee that women will not (31)...discrimination on the basis of their sex. Until the
second half of the 20th century, women in most societies were (32)____ some of the legal and political
97
rights accorded to men. Although women in (33)...of the world have gained significant legal rights, many
people believe that women still do not have (34)...political, economic, and social equality with men.
Throughout much of the history of Western civilization, (35)...cultural beliefs allowed women only
limited roles in society. Many people believed that women's natural roles were as (36)____. These people
considered women to be better suited (37)...childbearing and homemaking rather than for involvement
in the public life of business or politics. Widespread belief that women were intellectually inferior to
men led most societies to (38)... women's education to learning domestic skills. Well-educated, upper-
class men controlled most (39)____ of employment and power in society.
30. A. position B. place C. status D. seat
31. A. see B. face C. take D. offer
32. A. given up B. denied C. postponed D. stopped
33. A. many B. a little C. a few D. much
34. A. total B. finished C. complete D. full
35. A. deep – seated B. deep – rooted C, deep – based D. in – depth
36. A. mothers B. housewives C. wives D. mothers and wives
37. A. for B. to C. as D. with
38. A. deny B. limit C. allow D. ban
39. A. places B. spots C. positions D. regions
40. Maths is more important than any other subjects

A. No subjects are more important than maths B. Maths is as important as other subjects
C. Maths is the most important subject of all D. Other subjects are as important as maths
41. Where are they going to hold the party?
A. Where is the party going to be held? B. Where is the party going to held?
C. Where is the party going to be hold? D. Where the party is going to be held?
42. Mai eats much chocolate. So she is getting fat.
A. The much chocolate Mai eats, the fatter she is getting.
B. The more chocolate Mai eats, the more fat she is getting.
C. The much chocolate eat Mai, the fatter she is getting.
D. The more chocolate Mai eats, the fatter she is getting.
43. Hoa / intelligent / I / be / as / think / as / not.
A. I don’t think as intelligent as Hoa is. B. Hoa doesn’t think as intelligent as I am.
C. Hoa is as intelligent as I don’t think. D. Hoa is not as intelligent as I think.
44. When / all / the / preparations / be / complete, / she / feel / happy
A. When all the preparations has been completed, she feels happy.
B. When all the preparations have been completed, she felt happy.
C. When all the preparations have been completed, she will feel happy.
D. When all the preparations been completed, she feels happy.
45. Say / English / be / important / be / of / all / most / the / language
A.English says to be most the important of all language.
B. English is said to be the most important language of all.
C. English is said to be the language most important of all.
D. All of the most important language is said to be English.
46. I think the date of the meeting should change again due to bad weather.
47. We were advised not drinking the water in the bottle.
48. If we have a chance to travel abroad, Paris is the first city where we’d like to visit.
49. When I arrived at the club, the students sang an English song on the stage.
98
50. Mr. Lam is a billionaire. He has money enough to buy anything he wants.
99
Gifts for mother Các món quà tặng mẹ
Three sons left home, went out on their own and Ba người con trai rời gia đình ra đời lập nghiệp
prospered. They discussed the gifts they were và đều thành đạt. Họ bàn với nhau về những
able to give their elderly mother. món quà mà họ có thể dành tặng cho người mẹ
The first son said: “ I built a big house for our già của mình.
mother” Người con trưởng nói: “ Anh sẽ xây cho mẹ
The second son said: “ I sent Mom a Mercedes chúng ta một ngôi nhà lớn.”
with a driver.” Người con thứ hai nói: “ Còn em sẽ gửi cho mẹ
The third son said: “ You remember how our một chiếc Mercedes và một tài xế.”
mother enjoys reading the Bible. Now she can’t Người con thứ ba nói: “ Các anh có còn nhớ là
see very well. So I sent her a remarkable parrot mẹ chúng ta thích đọc Kinh thánh như thế nào
that recites the entire Bible. The Elders at the không. Mà bây giờ mắt mẹ không được tốt lắm.
church spent twelve years to teach him. Mama Bởi vậy em sẽ gửi cho mẹ một con vẹt đặc biệt,
just has to name the chapter and the verse and nó có thể đọc thuộc lòng toàn bộ Thánh kinh.
the parrot recites it.” Những người cao tuổi ở nhà thờ đó đã mất mười
Soon thereafter, their mother sent out her letters hai năm để dạy nó. Mẹ chỉ cần nêu tên chương
of thanks. mục là con vẹt sẽ đọc cho mẹ nghe.”
“William,” she wrote, “ the house you built is so Sau đó không lâu, người mẹ gửi cho họ những
huge. I live in only one room, but I have to clean bức thư cảm ơn như sau:
the whole house.” “ William,” bà viết, “tòa nhà con xây quá rộng.
“Arnold, she said, “ I am too old to travel. I stay Mẹ chỉ ở mỗi một phòng, nhưng phải lau dọn cả
most of the time at home so I rarely use the ngôi nhà.”
Mercedes. That driver is so rude, he is a pain!” “ Arnold, mẹ quá già để đi du lịch. Mẹ gần như ở
“ But David,” she said, “ the chicken was nhà suốt ngày nên rất hiếm khi mẹ dùng chiếc
delicious” Mercedes. Gã tài xế đó rất thô lỗ, hắn là một nỗi
khổ tâm của mẹ!”
“Nhưng David, con gà đó thì rất ngon.”
PRACTICE TEST 9
QUESTIONS 1-3: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently.
1. A. lively B. life C. like D. live
2. A. slow B. show C. cow D. blow
3. A. miles B. attends C. drifts D. glows
QUESTIONS 4-5: Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.
4. A. intimacy B. photographer C. philosophy D. experience
5. A. certificate B. celebrity C. alternative D. argument
QUESTIONS 6- 30: Choose one best option to complete each sentence.
6. Wild animals are ……………almost everywhere.
A. serious threatened B. serious threaten C. seriously threaten D. seriously threatened
7. In the past the …………of Olympic Games winner was just a palm branch or an olive crown.
A. honor B. trophy C. effort D. victory
8. The firework went ………..and lightened the sky with colors.
A. off B. out C. on D. away
9. What time did you …………at your office yesterday?
A. come B. arrive C. reach D. leave
10. He …………having stolen the watch from the shop.
A. refused B. accept C. denied D. disapproved
11. …………..some events were cancelled, thousands of people attended the festival
A. Even if B. Even though C. when D. as
100
12. She will help you …………..she has some free time.
A. how B. what C. when D. where
13. You can rely on my sister in any circumstances. She is really …………………
A. praiseworthy B. dependent C. reliant D. trustworthy
14. I expect …………a postcard from my father in England today.
A. to be receiving B. to receive C. being received D. receiving
15. Maria ………off the light when the doorbell rang.
A. had just turned B. just turned C. was just turning D. would turn
16. It was cold outside. So she …………her coat and went out.
A. turned on B. put on C. switched on D. put off
17. By the time he ……..for Paris, the contract will have completed.
A. has left B. will leave C. leaves D. left.
18. “ …………………….” “ Thanks, I will write to you when I come to London”
A. have a go B. better luck next time!
C. God bless you! D. Have a nice trip
19. “Good luck in exams!” “ ……………..!”
A. I hope so B. you mention it C. Never mind D. you too
20. The letter …………grandma was kept carefully in a box.
A. you wrote B. which you wrote to C. to whom wrote D. which wrote
21. What a pity you didn’t go to the party. If you ……….., it ………….more fun.
A. came / would be B. had come / would be
C. came / would have been D. had come / would have been
22. Bring your jacket with you. It ………..get cold in the evening.
A. can B. may C. must D. would
23. …………….is Maria’s future husband like? He is generous and elegant.
A. How B. Which appearance C. What D. Whose
24. Nobody is ready to go, ………………?
A. are they B. isn’t he C. is he D. aren’t they
25. I like Jim, who is very good at ……………judgments.
A. doing B. giving C. getting D. making
26. Have a nice holiday. Take ………….of yourself.
A. care B. carefulness C. careless D. carefully
27. “Why don’t we go out for a walk?” “ ……………….”
A. Why not B. Yes, please C. Ok, let’s D. Never mind
28. Do you think there is still racial ……….in the world nowadays?
A. discriminate B. discriminating C. discrimination D. discriminative
29. A very nice painting is hung …………the wall in our classroom.
A. on B. at C. above D. over
30. At this time yesterday, what ………………., Mr. Wilkins?
A. were you doing B. did you do C. had you done D. had been doing
QUESTIONS 31 - 35: Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option to fit
each space.
Clothing habits are a matter of ………….( 31) preference in the United States. Most people are
free to wear ……………( 32) they feel comfortable. Business people in large urban areas are ……….
( 33) to wear suits or dresses, while clothing in rural areas is less formal. Most Americans tend to dress
casually when not in formal or business situations.
When eating, most Americans ……….(34) a fork in the hand with which they write. Americans
eat away from home often, and usually they ………….( 35) for their own meals when dinning with
friends.
31. A. persons B. person C. personal D. personably
101
32. A. wherever B. whichever C. whenever D. whatever
33. A. unlikely B. likely C. alike D. like
34. A. take B. bring C. carry D. hold
35. A. get B. order C. pay D. buy
QUESTIONS 36-40: Read the following passage carefully and choose the correct answer by circling
its corresponding letter A, B ,C or D.
At the age of 40, Tom Bloch was the head of H& R Block, a huge company that helps people
prepare their tax forms. He was very successful. Although Bloch earned a lot of money, he wasn’t very
happy. He spent too much time at work and didn’t have enough time to spend with his family. Suddenly,
he left H& R Block and became a teacher in a poor neighborhood. “I wanted to ……..help people who
didn’t have the opportunities I had,” Bloch explained.
Learning to control the students was hard at first. But the wards- helping children and hearing
students say he’s their favorite teacher – are great. And Bloch is able to spend more time with his family.
36. Tom Bloch’s company operated in …………….
A. building blocks B. collecting taxes
C. helping people with tax forms D. helping people in a poor neighborhood
37. He wasn’t very happy because he ……………….
A. didn’t earn much money
B. wasn’t very successful
C. earned a lot of money but he didn’t have time to spend it
D. spent a lot of time for work not for his family
38. Tom Bloch suddenly left his company to ……………
A. retire B. find another opportunity
C. become a teacher D. the head of a school
39. He would like to ………..students of the poor neighborhood to have the opportunities as he had.
A. explain B. help C. talk D. wish
40. Tom Bloch is very happy now because he ……………..
A. is a successful businessman B. earns more money than before
C. spends more money for his family D. is a favorite teacher and spends more time with his family
QUESTIONS 41 - 45: Choose one option A, B, C or D corresponding to the sentence which has the
same meaning as the original one.
41. People believe that there is another world after Death.
A. That there is another world after Death is believed by people
B. It was believed that there is another world after Death
C. It is believed that there is another world after Death
D. There is believed to have another world after Death
42. “How much did you drink at the party last night” they asked him
A. They asked him how much did he drink at the party last night
B. They asked him how much I drank at the party the night before.
C. They asked him how much I had drunk at the party the night before.
D. They asked him how much he had drunk at the party the night before.
43. I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
A. Although I am always busy but I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday.
B. Although I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
C. However I am always busy I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
D. I am always busy, therefore I manage to spend half an hour playing with my son everyday
44. He tries to practice English everyday so he can speak English more fluently now.
A. The more he practices English, the more he can speak English.
B. The more he practices English, the more fluently he can speak it.
C. The more he tries to practice English, the most fluently he can speak it.
102
D. He tries to practice English everyday, but he finds it difficult to speak English fluently.
45. I am very excited about seeing you next week.
A. I am looking forward to seeing you next week.
B. I am happy about seeing you next week.
C. I am waiting to seeing you next week with excitement.
D. You are excited about seeing next week.
QUESTIONS 46 - 50: In these sentences, each one has four underlined words or phrases marked A,
B, C, and D. Choose the one word or phrase which must be changed in order for the sentence to be
correct.
46. Peter couldn’t stay on the horse’s back and neither Bob could.
A B C D
47. I feel safely to tell him my secrets.
A B C D
48. No matter what different, various music types have one thing in common : touching
A B C D
the hearts of the listeners.
49. The more careful you drive, the fewer accidents you will have.
A B C D
50. Having punished twice this week, Kate feels ashamed of her bad behaviour.
A B C D
The end!
PRACTICE TEST 10
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently
1. A- worked B- determined C- stopped D- missed
2. A- fills B- walks C- helps D- cuts
3. A- chain B- machine C- achieve D- change
Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others.
4. A- writer B- teacher C- career D- children
5. A- attention B- attractive C- historic D- chemistry
6. I’ll come and see you before I ______ for the United States of America.
A- leave B- will leave C- have left D- will have left
7. We ______ Dorothy since last Saturday.
A- don’t see B- didn’t see C- haven’t seen D- hadn’t seen
8. She isn’t ______ well with the new manager.
A- going on B- getting on C- keeping on D- taking on
9. Jean ______ stealing the money.
A- refused B- confessed C- recognized D- denied
10. She has worked as a secretary ______ she graduated from university.
A- since B- until C- before D- while
11. The bicycle you lent me needed ______.
A- to clean B- clean C- cleaning D- to be cleaning
12. ______ the heavy rain, he went out without a raincoat.
A- Although B- However C- Because of D- Despite
13. I regret ______ you that your application has been denied.
A- inform B- to inform C- informing D- to have informed
14. Success should not be measured solely by ______ achievement.
A- educated B- educating C- educational D- education
103
15. I’m looking for ______ job. Did Mary get ______ job she applied for?
A- a/ the B- a/ a C- the/ a D- the/ the
16. If I ______ to the party last night, I ______ tired now.
A- went/ would be B- had gone/ would have been
C- went/ would have been D- had gone/ would be
17. If you don’t know what a word means, look it ______ in the dictionary.
A- over B- up C- after D- at
18. “What do you think of his presence here?” _ “The longer he stays, ____ I dislike him.”
A- the more B- the most C- much more D- the very more
19. James ______ the best drummer of the school band.
A- is said to be B- said to be C- is said being D- was saying to be
20. Many counties have passed laws restricting hunting and fishing to protect ______.
A- the natural environment B- wildlife
C- fish D- the resources
21. These days ______ people are learning English.
A- many and many B- much and much C- more and more D- few and few
22. He’s my sister’s son. He’s my ______.
A- cousin B- friend C- niece D- nephew
23. Susan is a good ______. She is usually praised by her boss.
A- employee B- employer C- employment D- director
24. ______ is a serious shortage of food in a country which may cause many deaths.
A- Hunger B- Famine C- Drought D- Food production
25. The 11:45 train left ______.
A- at time B- in time C- on time D- by the time
26. She can’t get home ______ she has no money.
A- without B- so C- unless D- if
27. They congratulated him ______ his success.
A- about B- on C- toward D- with
28. You ______ wash these tomatoes. They’ve already washed.
A- mustn’t B- needn’t C- can’t D- won’t
29. - Anne: “Thanks for the nice gift!” - John: “_______.”
A- You’re welcome B- I’m glad you like it
C- In fact, I myself don’t like it D- But do you know how much it costs
30. - Laura: “What a lovely house you have!” - Maria: “_______.”
A- No problem B- I think so
C- Of course not, it’s not costly D- Thank you. Hope you will drop in
31. If the doctor had arrived sooner, ______.
A- the boy might be saved B- the boy might have saved
C- the boy might have been saved D- the boy was saved
32. Ask her ______ to leave.
A- when she plans B-when does she plan
C- when did she plan D- when does she plans
33. The house ______ isn’t for sale.
A- in which we live B- where we live in
C- which we live D- in which we live in
34. “Who is the new teacher?” _ “He’s the man ______.”
104
A- which is talking to Ms. Lan now B- that talks to Ms. Lan now
C- is talking to Ms. Lan now D- talking to Ms. Lan now
Choose the sentence has the same meaning with the provided one
35. We felt tired because of the hot weather.
A- The hot weather made that we felt tired. B- The weather was so hot that we felt tired.
C- The weather made us to feel tired. D- We felt tired, so the weather was hot.
36. Although they have little money, they are happy.
A- They have little money, so they are happy.
B- They don’t have much money and they aren’t happy.
C- They are happy in spite of not having much money.
D- Their happiness is due to the fact that they have little money.
37. “Shall I bring you some food?” he said to me.
A- He offered to bring me some food. B- He invited me to eat some food.
C- He told me to bring him some food. D- He advised me to bring some food.
Choose the underlined part (a,b, c, or d) that needs correcting:
38. My best friend, that we see every day, always has something new to tell me.
A B C D
39. The boy took his dog for a walk after he has finished his homework.
A B C D
40. Last night I went to the cinema with a friend of my.
A B C D
Read the passage carefully and then choose the best answer.
The earth’s surface is two-thirds water, yet most of this is undrinkable or unusable
because it is either seawater or ice. Of the 1% that is available as fresh water, most is used for
farming or industry. Fresh water pollution is the major problem because many rivers and
streams are being polluted with pesticides, industrial waste, and sewage. In poor and developing
countries, the addition of sewage to the sources of water leads to diseases, and even death. A
United Nations’ report estimates that more than 78% of people drink from polluted water
supplies. Although people made efforts to control the supply of fresh water, they are also
polluting it.
41. What is the main idea of the paragraph?
A- Undrinkable water B- Water pollution
C- No fresh water D- Seawater and ice
42. Which sentence is true?
A- There is no fresh water on the earth’s surface. B- All water is drinkable.
C- Fresh water pollution never happens. D- Fresh water is being polluted.
43. Which make fresh water polluted?
A- ice B- seawater
C- rivers and streams D- pesticides, industrial waste, and sewage
44. In the poor and developing countries ______.
A- water pollution may lead to diseases and even deaths
B- there is no polluted water
C- people can use as much as water as they want
D- pollution never happens
45. People ______.
105
A- will never pollute the water sources
B- are polluting fresh water
C- do not pour sewage into sources of fresh water
D- can control the sources of fresh water
Read the passage and then choose the best option to fit each space by circling the
corresponding letter a, b, c or d
Most sport today is the work of skilled professionals. Football, or (46) ______, is an
example of a (47) ______ game. The game of football was first played in Britain and then spread
to other countries. Now all countries hope to (48) ______ for the World Cup. However, there are
still plenty of amateur football players in Britain. They enjoy playing the game on Saturday and
Sunday afternoons. Amateur clubs can compete against the professional (49) ______ in the
English football Association Cup (50) ______.
46. A- basketball B- skiing C- golf D- soccer

47. A- profession B- professional C- professionally D- professor
48. A- win B- lose C- compete D- share
49. A- one B- the one C- ones D- the ones
50. A- compete B- competitor C- competitive D- competition
The end!
11. ĐỀ THI TN-2009

ĐỀ THI TỐT NGHIỆP TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG NĂM 2009
Chương trình Chuẩn và Nâng cao
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet
It can be shown in fact and figures that cycling is the cheapest, most convenient, and most
environmentally desirable form of transport (1)______ towns, but such cold calculations do not
mean much on a frosty winter morning. The real appeal of cycling is that it is so (2)______. It has
none of the difficulties and tensions of other ways of travelling so you are more cheerful after a
ride, even through the rush hour. The first thing a non-cyclist says to you is: “But isn’t it (3)
______ dangerous?” It would be foolish to deny the danger of sharing the road with motor
vehicles and it must be admitted that there are an alarming (4)______ of accidents involving
cyclists. However, although police records (5) ______ that the car driver is often to blame, the
answer lies with the cyclist. It is possible to ride in such a way as to reduce risks to a minimum.
Question 1: A. in B. at C. to D. on
Question 2: A. boring B. careful C. enyoyable D. excited
Question 3: A. expectedly B. strangely C. terribly D. comfortably
Question 4: A. size B. number C. deal D. digit
Question 5: A. point B. indicate C. display D. exhibit
106
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part
is pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions.
Question 6: A. high B. laugh C. thought D. eight
Question 7: A. promise B. despite C. enterprise D. economize
Question 8: A. appeal B. ease C. team D. already
Question 9: A. scholar B. chemist C. approach D. aching
Question 10: A. attracted B. decided C. expected D. engaged
Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 11: _____, we couldn’t have continued with the project.
A. If you hadn’t contributed positively B. Even if you didn’t like to
contribute
C. Provided your contribution wouldn’t come D. Unless we had your contribution
Question 12: Alex did not do very well in class______.
A. therefore he was a good student B. as long as he had studied badly
C. because he failed to study properly D. although he was not hard-
working
Question 13: The more you talk about the situation, ______
A. it seems worse B. the worse does it seem C. the worse it seems D. it
seems the worse
Question 14: Those boys took a long ladder______.
A. in order to get the ball from the roof B. so they will get the ball from the roof
C. so that the ball from the roof can be gotten D. and then get the ball from the roof
Question 15: She regretted to tell him that______.
A. she was leaving the tickets at home B. she had left the tickets at home
C. the tickets at home would be left D. she would have left the tickets at home
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer
By adopting a few simple techniques, parents who read to their children can considerably
increase their children’s language development. It is surprising, but true. How parents talk to their
children makes a big difference in the children’s language development. If a parent encourages
the child to actively respond to what the parent is reading, the child’s language skills increase.A
study was done with two or three-year-old children and their parents. Half of the thirty children
participants were in the experimental study; the other half acted as the control group. In the
experimental group, the parents were given a two-hour training session in which they were taught
to ask open-ended questions rather than yes-no questions. For example, the parent should ask,
“What is the doggy doing?” rather than, “Is the doggy running away?” Experimental parents were
also instructed how to expand on their children’s answer, how to suggest alternative possibilities,
and how to praise correct answers. At the beginning of the study, the children did not differ on
levels of language development, but at the end of one month, the children in the experimental
group were 5.5 months ahead of the control group on a test of verbal expression and vocabulary.
Nine months later, the children in the experimental group still showed an advance of 6 months
over the children in the control group.
Question 16: Parents can give great help to their children’s language development by______
them.
A. adopting B. reading to C. experimenting D. responding to
Question 17: What does the word “they” in the second paragraph refer to?
A. Participants. B. Parents. C. Children. D. Questions.
107
Question 18: During the training session, experimental parents were taught to______.
A. study many experiments B. use yes-no questions
C. give correct answers D. ask open-ended questions
Question 19: What was the major difference between the control group and the experimental one
in the study?
A. The training that parents received. B. The books that were read.
C. The number of participants. D. The age of the children.
Question 20: What conclusion can be drawn from this passage?
A. Children’s language skills increase when they are required to respond actively.
B. The more children read, the more intelligent they become.
C. Two or three-year-old children can be taught to read actively.
D. Children who read actively always act six months earlier than those who don’t.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 21: They are not ______ to take part in this program of the World Health Organization.
A. so old B. old enough C. enough old D. as old
Question 22: I’m going ______ for a few days so don’t send me any more work.
A. away B. over C. in D. after
Question 23: A scientist who studies living things is a ______.
A. biology B. biologically C. biologist D. biological
Question 24: The football match was postponed ______ the bad weather.
A. despite B. in spite C. because D. because of
Question 25: Yesterday I met your brother,___ had taken us to the Headquarters of the United
Nations in New York before.
A. whose B. that C. whom D. who
Question 26: ______ students attended the meeting that there weren’t enough chairs for all them.
A. So many B. Too many C. So few D. So much
Question 27: Peter doesn’t like scuba-diving. ______ does his brother.
A. Too B. Neither C. So D. Either
Question 28: Endangered species ______ by the World Wildlife Fund.
A. are protected B. would protect C. be protected D. will protect
Question 29: Maria: “Thanks for the lovely evening.” Diana: “______.”
A. No, it’s not good B. I’m glad you enjoyed it C. Yes, it’s really great D. Oh, that’s right
Question 30: High school students should be ______ for their future jobs before leaving school.
A. ill-spoken B. well-spoken C. ill-prepared D. well-
prepared
Question 31: The government initiated the programme of ………….reform in the 1980s.
A. economist B. economic C. economically D. economised
Question 32: Kim: “ What ……..this weekend?” Sally: “Oh, we’re going windsurfing. It’s
fantastic!”
A. do you go B. are you going C. would you do D. are you doing
Question 33: She didn’t want to go______________ she knew all her friends would be there.
A. wherever B. therefore C. so that D. even though
Question 34: If I had the map now, I_______________ a short-cut across the desert.
A. could have taken B. take C. could take D. can take
Question 35: Kevin: “How far is it from here to the nearest post office?” Lan:
“_________________”
108
A. Turn left and then turn right B. Yes, it’s quite near here
C. Two kilometers at least D. No, it’s rather far
Question 36: Pat: “Would you like something to eat?” Kathy: “ ___________. I’m not
hungry now.”
A. No, thanks B. No, no problem C. Yes, I would D. Yes, it is.
Question 37: I first met her two year ago when we_____________ at Oxford University.
A. had been studying B. are studying C. were studying D. have been
studying
Question 38: David: “Could you bring me some water?” Waiter:
“___________________ ”.
A. Certainly, sir B. Yes, I can C. I don’t want to D. No, I can’t
Question 39: The recycling of waste paper_________ save a great amount of wood pulp.
A. had better B. need C. can D. dare
Question 40: If I were you, I would______ advise her the new teaching method.
A. try B. trying C. try to D. tries
Question 41: He went back to work in his country after he………… his course on Advanced
Engineering in London.
A. has finished B. was finishing C. finishes D. had finished
Question 42: Ellen: “ ___________________ ?” Tom: “He’s tall and thin
with blue eyes.”
A.How is John doing B.What does John like C.What does John look like D.Who does
John look like
Question 43: Could you fill out this_________________ form?
A. applying B. applicable C. applicant D. application
Question 44: My father decided to____________ smoking after he had been smoking for ten
years.
A. take up B. put away C. get over D. give up
Question 45: My father is very busy ,__________ he is always willing to give a hand with the
housework.
A. Despite B. Although C. However D. Therefore
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs
correction.
Question 46: She brought a lot of money with her so that she needed buy some duty-free goods.
A B C D
Question 47: I have been working hardly for two weeks and now I feel like a rest.
A B C D
Question 48: Tom likes taking part sports, so he will join the football team of his school.
A B C D
Question 49: Many young people lack skills, good education, and financial to settle in the urban
A B C
areas where many jobs are found.
D
Question 50: We are going to visit our grandparents when we will finish our final exams.
A B C D
The end
109
12. ĐỀ THI TN-2010
KỲ THI TỐT NGHIỆP TRUNG HỌC PHỔ THÔNG NĂM 2010
Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút. Mã đề thi 139
I/ Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each
of the followings.
1: In general, my father doesn't mind ______ the housework, but he hates to do the cooking.
A. to do B. do C. doing D. done
2: Because of the economic crisis, many workers are now in ______ of losing their jobs.
A. worry B. danger C. warning D. threat
3: We are talking about the writer ______ latest book is one of the best-sellers this year.
A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
4: He is disappointed at not being offered the job, but I think he will ______ it.
A. turn off B. get over C. fill in D. take after
5: Tom: “You’ve got a lovely singing voice, Mary!” Mary: “______”
A. Don’t mention it. B. Congratulations! C. It’s all right. D. Thank you.
6: “Don’t forget to take _____ your shoes when you are in a Japanese house.”
A. off B. apart C. in D. up
7: My younger sister is not ______ to study overseas.
A. old enough B. so old C. enough old D. very old
8: Robert ______ in three important water polo games so far.
A. had played B. is playing C. has played D. played
9: My grandmother takes ______ for keeping house.
A. probability B. ability C. possibility D. responsibility
10: Many people ______ homeless after the earthquake in Haiti a few months ago.
A. become B. will become C. became D. are becoming
11: He has made so many mistakes in his essay that he ______ do it all again.
A. needs B. ought C. used to D. has to
12: Unless we can find new sources of energy, our life will certainly ______.
A. affected B. be affecting C. affect D. be affected
13: ______ the salary meets my expectations, I will accept the job offer.
A. So B. Therefore C. If D. Although
14: Despite its successful ______ reforms, this country is still a developing one.
A. economic B. economics C. economizing D. economical
15: The police ordered people to leave the building ______ a bomb threat.
A. in case B. because of C. because D. since
16: The government has ______ measures to promote the development of the economy.
A. achieved B. made C. carried D. taken
17: Mr. Minh ______ wearing a crash helmet when he goes somewhere on his motorbike.
A. is used to B. is using C. used to D. used
18: “______ you lend me your calculator for some minutes, please?”
A. Should B. Must C. Will D. Need
19: The Internet is a very fast and convenient way for people to ______ information.
A. achieve B. get C. do D. make
20/The World Health Organization……….. in 1948 in order to carry out medical research and
improve international health care.
110
A. was established B. established C. had been established D. had established
21: Many young people want to work for a humanitarian organization, ______?
A. doesn’t it B. didn’t they C. don’t they D. does it
22: Some fish can survive only in salt water, ______ others can live only in fresh water.
A. whereas B. even if C. so that D. since
23: Henry: “Do you find it very interesting to travel alone?” Maria: “______”
A. Yes, you’re welcome. B. Never mind. C. What a pity! D. No, not at all.
24: John: “Will you be able to come to the meeting?” Jack: “______.”
A. Of course you will B. I’m afraid not C. I’m sorry not D. You must be kidding
25: It was being able to fly………space that attracted Sally Ride to the job of an astronaut.
A. to B. towards C. on D. into
II/Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of
the following sentences..
26: ______, you aren't allowed to go sailing on this lake.
A. Although be able to swim B. Unless you can swim
C. If you weren’t able to swim D. Despite of your swimming
27: Winning a place at university ______ for most students.
A. is becoming more and more difficult B. has become as difficult
C. will become more difficultly D. becomes the most difficultly
28: The more you study, ______.
A. the more knowledge do you gain B. you are the more knowledgeable
C. the more knowledge you gain D. you will gain more knowledge
29: Jack asked his sister ______.
A. where you have gone tomorrow B. where she would go the following day
C. where would she go the following day D. where you will go tomorrow
30: Peter apologised ______.
A. me for phoning not earlier B. not to phone me earlier
C. for not phoning me earlier D. not for phoning me earlier
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate
the correct answer to each of the s from 31 to 35.
Will people still read books 100 years from now? A few years ago, many people would
have said no. It seemed likely that computers and the Internet would replace books. Now,
however, most experts think that books are here to stay.
There are a number of reasons why computers will not replace books entirely. One reason
is that books on paper are much cheaper than computers. And books do not need a power source.
You can read a book for as long as you want and wherever you want. You never have to worry
about losing power. Also, many people feel more comfortable reading words in a book than
reading words on a computer screen because it is less tiring to the eyes.
Will books in the future be exactly the same as the books you can buy today? The answer
to that is no. In the future, you may only need to buy one book. With this one book, you will be
able to read novels, plays, and newspapers. It will look like today's books, but it will be
electronic.
One of the people working on the book of the future is Professor Joseph Jacobson from
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Professor Jacobson's electronic book will have a small
111
button on the side. When you press the button, words will instantly appear on the page. When you
want to read a different story, you can push the button again and a new story will quickly appear.
31: The phrase “are here to stay” in the first paragraph mostly means ______.
A. “won’t come” B. “are nearby” C. “won't disappear” D. “are useless”
32: Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A. Reading today’s books needs a power source.
B. Reading words on computer screens is tiring to the eyes.
C. In the future, computers will replace paper books completely.
D. Books will disappear completely sooner or later.
33: What will the book of the future look like?
A. It will look like a book you buy today. B. It will look like a computer.
C. It will look different from today's books. D. We don't know what it will look like.
34: The button on the side of the electronic book is used ______.
A. to turn a light on and off B. to change what you read
C. to turn the power on and off D. to make the book more beautiful
35: What is the main topic of the passage?
A. The decline of today's books. B. How to use an electronic book.
C. The book of the future. D. Why a power source is important.
III/ Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined
part is pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the followings.
36: A. accompany B. simplify C. supply D. qualify
37: A. reformed B. appointed C. stayed D. installed
38: A. initiate B. contain C. domestic D. attentive
39: A. household B. associate C. colony D. enclose
40: A. cough B. weight C. might D. though
IV/Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs
correction.
41: People respected him because he was a honest man.
A B C D
42: Today the number of people whom enjoy winter sports is almost double that of twenty
years ago. A B C D
43: My uncle has just bought some expensive furnitures for his new house.
A B C D
44: Have you ever read any novels writing by Jack London?
A B C D
45: He studied very hard, so he passed the exam easy.
A B C D
V/Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word(s) for each of the blanks from 46 to 50.
There are several things to remember if you are applying for a new job. Most companies
(46)______ their vacancies in the newspapers, and there are normally a lot of applicants for each
post. (47)______, a good letter of application is very important. You should enclose with it your
curriculum vitae so that the employer knows about your (48)______ and experience. If you are
applying (49)______ a large company, address your letter to the personnel manager, who deals
with appointing new staff. If you are invited to an interview, make (50)______ you are suitably
112
dressed and on time. You may ask about promotion prospects as well as further training, the
salary and holiday arrangements.
46: A. write B. market C. make D. advertise

47: A. So that B. Therefore C. Nevertheless D. So as
48: A. schools B. forms C. licences D. qualifications
49: A. in B. with C. to D. for
50: A. sure B. clear C. good D. right
------------- THE END ----------

A new trick
The conjurer was arranging a new stage trick, and on the day before its introduction he asked his young
son to help him.
“When I ask for a boy to come on the stage, you must come at once. But you must not do anything or say
anything that will make the audience think that you know me.”
The boy said he understood everything and when the conjurer asked for help, he came forward quickly
and was invited on the stage. When he got there, the conjurer said:
“Look at this boy! He has never seen me before, have you, my boy?”
“No, father!” answered the boy.
Một trò ảo thuật mới
Một người làm trò ảo thuật đang dàn dựng một tiết mục ảo thuật mới trên sân khấu, và hôm trước ngày
mở màn anh ta nhờ cậu con trai giúp sức:
-“Khi bố mời một cậu bé lên sân khấu, thì con phải lên ngay. Nhưng con không được nói gì hay làm gì
khiến khán giả nghĩ là con biết bố đấy nhé.”
Cậu bé nói là đã hiểu hết mọi chuyện và khi người diễn trò xin giúp, cậu nhanh chóng đi lên và được mời
lên sân khấu. Khi cậu đứng đó, người diễn trò nói:
-“Xin hãy nhìn cậu bé này! Trước đây cậu ấy chưa bao giờ trông thấy tôi, có phải thế không, cậu bé?”
- “Vâng, thưa bố!”, cậu bé trả lời.
PART III : KEYS

A. PHONETICS (NGỮ ÂM)
1. SOUNDS
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM "S" CUỐI
1. D. 2. B. 3. B. 4. A. 5. A. 6. C. 7. B. 8. B. 9. D. 10. D.
11. D. 12. B. 13. C. 14. B. 15. D. 16. C. 17. A. 18. B. 19. C. 20. A.
CÁCH PHÁT ÂM “ –ED” CUỐI :
1. D. 2. D. 3. B. 4. D. 5. C. 6. A. 7. C. 8. D. 9. A. 10. B.
11. D. 12. A 13. C. 14. A. 15. C. 16. D. 17. C. 18. A. 19. B. 20. A.
BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC NGUYÊN ÂM VÀ CÁC PHỤ ÂM KHÁC :
1. D. 2. A. 3.B. 4. A. 5.C. 6.A. 7. D. 8.C. 9.B. 10.C
11. A. 12. D. 13. B. 14. B. 15.C. 16.C. 17.D. 18.C. 19. A. 20. D.
113
2. STRESS - Một số quy tắc cơ bản để nhận biết trọng âm
1. D. 2. B. 3. C 4. D. 5. B. 6. C. 7. B. 8. C 9. A. 10. A.
11. C. 12. B. 13. A. 14. D. 15. B. 16. C. 17. A. 18. B. 19. A. 20. A.
B. GRAMMAR
1. TENSES
I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.
1. isn’t working, is swimming 2. isn’t Ann wearing 3. is having
4. drinks, is drinking 5. does she do, plays, watches 6. was standing, was waiting
7. was writing 8. left 9. was watching, turned, went
10. have you lived/have you been living, have lived/have been living
11. lived, went 12. haven’t seen 13. haven’t finished
14. have just cleaned 15. have you had, had
16. have you been, spent, did you have, stopped 17. are you going, am going
18. are getting 19. are you doing, am going 20. is going to rain
21. Will you have 22. will telephone 23. will send
24. am going to learn 25. are you going to do

1. A. 2. D. 3. C. 4. D. 5. B. 6. B. 7. C. 8. B. 9. A. 10. B.
11.C. 12.C. 13.C. 14.D 15.A 16.C. 17.A. 18.B. 19.B. 20.B.
21.B. 22.A. 23.C. 24.C. 25.D. 26.D. 27.B. 28.A. 29.A. 30.A.
2. VERB FORMS
I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form (gerund , infinitive, participle).
1. climbing, to explain, to say, to let, go 11. to like making and flying . . . doing
1. convincing, to get, leap 12. to arrive, rising
2. driving, doing, to do 13. sawing, fall/falling
3. to sit, (to) hear, howling 14. to see/seeing, crying/cry
4. getting, climbing, to do 15. jump/jumping, fall/falling
5. roar/roaring, to move/moving, waving 16. to wake, (to) hear, beating
6. writing, to do, to go, see 17. beginning to roll/begin to roll/begin
7. walking, to cross, thinking, to chase rolling, to do, to stop
8. to be having, thudding 18. laughing, slipping/slip
9. getting, to pay 19. driving, being driven
10. to come, standing
1. B. 2. C. 3. B 4. A. 5. A. 6. C. 7. B. 8. A 9. C. 10. C.
11. B. 12. C. 13. B. 14. D. 15. C. 16. B. 17. B. 18. D. 19. A. 20. B.
3. PASSIVE VOICE
Exercise 1:
1. A great deal of tea is drunk in England.
2. Two poems were being written by Tom.
3. Her dog is often taken for a walk.
114
4. English is spoken all over the world.
5. Friends of students’a group have been met at the railway station.
6. Tom was not allowed to take these books home.
7. Exercises won’t be corrected by the teacher tomorrow.
8. How many trees were cut down to build that fence?
9. Many people are attracted by this well-known library.
10. We used to be made to clean the house by my mother.
11. He likes being called “Sir”.
12. They are going to have/get their car repaired
13. It is said that he is intelligent./He is said to be intelligent.
14. My bike can’t be repaired.
15. Tom has been operated by Mary since 10 o’clock.
16. We have been taught French by Mr. Smith for 2 years.
17. The children were not properly looked after.
18. This street was not swept last week.
19. How many lessons are going to be learnt next month?
20. This work needs to be done./ This work needs doing.
Exercise 2:
1. Some new airports on islands will be constructed.
2. This promise might be fulfilled by the new president as quickly as people would like.
3. This mystery is going to be found out.
4. Videos like one can be bought anywhere.
5. You will be told when you go in to see the doctor.
6. The hotel should have been finished by the time you arrive.
7. The history of the European Community has to be written one day.
8. When are the results of the contest going to be announced?
9. Where will you be sent by your company next year?
10. The accident ought to have been reported to the police.
Exercise 3:
1. may offer 6. couldn’t be opened
2. may be offered 7. must keep
3. should open 8. had better wash
4. mustn’t move/ will have to be left 9. should tell
5. must have taken 10. is supposed to be sent
Exercise 4:
1. D. 2. B. 3. C 4. C. 5. D. 6. A. 7. B. 8. A 9. D. 10. A.
11. B. 12. D. 13. D. 14. C. 15. A. 16. A. 17. C. 18. A. 19. B. 20. D.
Exercise 5:
1. C. 2. A. 3. A 4. C. 5. A. 6. C. 7. C. 8. B 9. C. 10. D.
11. C. 12. B. 13. A. 14. B. 15. A. 16. D. 17. A. 18. B. 19. A. 20. A.
4. RELATIVE CLAUSES
EXERCISE 1: Combine each pair of sentences, using a relative pronoun.
1. The girl who/that chatted with you yesterday is my cousin.
115
2. The man who/that spent 15 minutes measuring our kitchen is very kind.
3. The architect who/that designed these flats has moved to HCM City.
4. The young boy who/that rides an expensive motorbike is naughty.
5. I’m reading the book which/that I bought in 1996.
6. Do you know the man who/that is sharing the flat with me?
7. The young man who is talking to our teacher is Ba’s brother.
8. The monument which we visited was built a hundred years ago.
9. The game which/that the boys are interested in is a popular game all over the world.
10. You have no need to tell me the reason why/ for which you are often late for work.
11. The people who/that we visited are homeless after the flood.
12. I don’t like the films which/that have unhappy ending.
13. I know the man whose son broke your windows.
14. The girl whose parents work with me is very kind.
15. The village has around 200 people, the majority of whom are farmers.
16. She hasn’t eat anything, which makes her parents worried.
17. The student who/that sits next to me is from China.
18. I thanked the woman who/that had helped me.
19. Mr.Pike, whose course I am taking, is excellent.
20. People have enjoyed plays which/that Shakespeare wrote for four centuries.
EXERCISE 2: Use reduced relative clauses in place of the relative clauses

1. The child is lonely, he would be happier if he had someone to play with.
2. I’ve got a bottle of wine but I haven’t got anything to open with.
3. I don’t like him playing in the streets; I wish we had a garden for him to play in.
4. The floor is dirty but I haven’t got a brush to sweep with.
5. My files are all over the place. I wish I had a box to keep in.
6. She said that she wasn’t going to buy any cards; she hadn’t anyone to send cards to.
7. You are the last person to see her alive.
8. He simple loves parties. He is always the first to come and the last to go.
9. The Queen Elizabeth is the largest ship to be built on the Clyde.
10. He was the second man to be killed in this way.
11. Neil Armstrong was the first man to walk on the moon.
12. Lady Astor was the first woman to take her seat in Parliament.
13. Here are some accounts for you to check.
14. People listening to very loud music may suffer gradual hearing loss .
15. He was the man saved in the fire .
16. Anyone not wanting to take part in the meeting must inform the board.
17. The teacher taking the responsibility for the class is Ms Lan.
18. .She’s just bought a handbag made of crocodile skin.
19. I met a man working in this factory for a long time.
20. The story told by my grandma was interesting.
EXERCISE 3: CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER:

1. B. 2. A. 3. D 4. C. 5. B. 6. B. 7. B. 8. B 9. C. 10. B.
11. D. 12. A. 13. B. 14. C. 15. B.
116
5. WORD FORMS.
Complete the sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. beautiful 6. death 11. difficulties 16. illness

2. quickly 7. attractive 12. excited 17. informative
3.development 8. entertainment 13. fluently 18. nationality
4. pollution 9. actor 14. friendship 19. natural
5. invitation 10. darken 15. healthy 20. rainy
Multiple choice
1. A. 2. B. 3. B 4. B. 5. A. 6. C. 7. C. 8. C 9. B. 10. D.
11. C. 12. B. 13. C. 14. A. 15. C. 16. C. 17. C. 18. C. 19. B. 20. B.
6. TAG QUESTIONS
1. don't they 6. doesn't he 11. can't they 16. aren't they
2. isn't she 7. wouldn't he 12. did they 17. have you
3. will they 8. are they 13. did it 18. was it
4. isn't it 9. have you 14. aren't I 19. hadn't he
5. are there 10. isn't it 15. is it 20. don't you
7. SUBJECT AND VERB AGREEMENT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
EX 1
d a c a b c a d c c b a b c
EX3 c b b c c d
EX2:
1. is 2. is 3. don’t have 4. need
5. has caused 6. are 7. is 8. want
9. have recently participated 10. is planning 11. have withdrawn / is
12. is 13. speak / understand 14. don’t go
15. wasn’t 16. is 17. has 18. is
19. is 20. is
8. RESULT CLAUSES
I/Combine the sentences by using so…that or such….that:
1. This tea is so good that I think I’ll have another cup

2. It was such an expensive car that we couldn’t afford to buy it.
3. The car was so expensive that we couldn’t afford to buy it.
4. Tommy ate so much candy that he got a stomachache
5. The food was so hot that it burned my tongue.
6. She made so many mistakes that She failed the exam
117
7. It was such a good book that I couldn’t put it down
8. He walked so quickly that we couldn’t keep up with him.
9. It was such nice weather that we went to the zoo.
10. The test was so easy that everyone got a high score.
II/Choose the best answer:

1. C. 2. A. 3. B 4. A. 5. C. 6. C. 7. A. 8. D 9. B. 10. A.
9. PHRASES AND CLAUSES OF PURPOSE.
I.
1. Rachel turned on the TV so that she could watch the news.
2. Nancy is carrying extra courses every semester so that she can graduate early.
3. Ed took some change from his pocket so that she could buy a newspaper.
4. I turned on the TV so that I could listen to the news while I was making dinner
5. I unplugged the phone so that I wouldn’t be interrupted while I was working.
II.
1. C. 2. A. 3. D 4. D. 5. C. 6. B. 7. C. 8. B 9. D. 10. A.
10. WH- QUESTION
Exercises 1:
1. When did you receive a letter from Lan?
2. What does Minh usually do after getting up?
3. How often do you brush your teeth?
4. What time does Nga have appointment this morning?
5. What time does she go to bed?
6. When did you begin to study English?
7. Where do they live?
8. Why do you like Tom and Jerry?
9. Who did you go to disco with last night ?
10. What is she worried about?
11. What makes people different from all other animals?
12. When do they do their homework?
13. Who came to the party alone?
14. What do you like?
15. What is that?
16. How long did show talk to him?
17. What does he study at the university?
18. What’s your telephone number?
19. What does your father do?
20. How are you?
Exercises 2:
1. A. 2. C. 3. C 4. C. 5. D. 6. B. 7. A. 8. D 9. C. 10. D.
11. A. 12. B. 13. C. 14. B. 15. D. 16. A. 17. B. 18. D. 19. C. 20. B.
11. REPORTED SPEECH
118
I. (REPORTED SPEECH: STATEMENTS)
1. Nam said he was told to be at school before 7 o’clock.
2. Thu said all the students would have a meeting the next week.
3. Phong said his parents were very proud of his good marks.
4. The teacher said all the homework had to be done carefully.
5. Her father told her she could go to the movie with her friend.
6. Hoa said she might visit her parents in the summer.
7. The teacher said they could collect old book for the poor students.
8. She said she didn’t buy that book.
9. The boys said they had to try their best to win the match.
10. Lan’s classmate said she was the most intelligent girl in their class.
II. (REPORTED SPEECH: YES/NO QUESTIONS)
1. Phong asked Peter if/whether he enjoyed reading.
2. Hoa asked Lan if/whether she liked sports.
3. She asked Nam if/whether his sister and brother went to the same school
4. She asked her mom if/whether there were some oranges in the fridge
5. He asked his friend if/whether it would rain the next morning.
6. Tam asked Peter if/whether he had gone to Hue three years before.
7. Tuan asked Lan if/whether Tam and Hoa were late for class.
8. She asked me if/whether I could speak Chinese.
9. Tam asked Thu if/whether shewould be there for five days.
10. She asked Ba if/whether he was reading then.
III. (REPORTED SPEECH: WH-QUESTIONS)
1. The teacher asked me where my father worked.
2. She asked Lan how many people there were in her family.
3. Tam’s friend asked him how long he would stay in England.
4. The mother asked her daughter where she had been.
5. Lien asked her teacher what they can do to help him.
6. His friend asked him how he had gone to the airport.
7. Lan asked Lien how much that dress cost.
8. Ba asked Tam how often he washed his clothes.
9. Phong asked Thu when his father would leave Vietnam for the USA..
10. Mr. Nguyen asked his wife what their children were doing in the room.
IV. (REPORTED SPEECH: IMPERATIVES)

1/ The manager told me to come into her/his office.
2/ The teacher told us not to make so much noise.
3/ Mr.Green told bill to come to their dinner that night.
4/ Susan told Tom not to call him again at that late hour.
5/ She told the boy to show her what he had in his hand.
6/ The policeman ordered me to stay where I was and not to touch anything.
119
7/ The old lady asked/ told me to water those flowers for her.
8/ She told me to leave my coat on that chair.
9/ She told him not to speak to her like that and behave himself.
10/ Peter asked/ told me to lend him my dictionary till the next Monday
V.Choose the best option that best completes each sentence:

1. B. 2. A. 3. B 4. D. 5. C. 6. A. 7. C. 8. A 9. B. 10. C.
11. D. 12. C. 13. A. 14. A. 15. C.
12. ENOUGH/TOO…TO INF-
A. ENOUGH/TOO:
I. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D:

1. A. 2. D. 3. A 4. A. 5. B. 6. B. 7. B. 8. B 9. C. 10. A.
11. C. 12. A. 13. B. 14. D. 15. B. 16. A. 17. C. 18. D. 19. C. 20. D.
II. Combine these pairs of sentences, using the structure with “Enough” with the words given:
1. This coat is not warm enough for me to wear in winter.
2. That chair isn’t strong enough ( for you ) to stand on .
3. This bed is not wide enough for two people to sleep in.
4. The film was interesting enough for us to see through.
5. The boy is intelligent enough to understand you.
6. He didn’t speak English clearly enough for everybody to understand.
7. The girl is not clever enough to mend this shirt.
8. The book is exciting enough for you to read.
9. These songs are simple enough for everybody to sing.
10. The weather was good enough for us to go swimming.
11. He wasn’t experienced enough to get the job.
12. This sofa isn’t large enough for three people to sit on.
III. Rewrite the following sentences, using the structure “Enough….” with the words given:
13. The novel was interesting enough for me to read many times.
14. This question is easy enough for us to answer.
15. The water was not warm enough for the children to swim in.
16. The box was light enough for him to carry.
17. The work is hard enough for him to ask his friend for some help.
18. The weather was good enough for us to go on a picnic.
19. The sea is not warm enough for me to swim in.
20. The song is simple enough for her to sing.
B. USED TO – BE (GET) USED TO:

Keys:
1. used to dream 4. used to stop 7. used to have
8. used to be
2. am not used to speaking 5. use to work 9. wasn’t used to driving
10. used to live
3. get used to living 6. am not used to drinking 11. am/get used to sitting
12. used to sit
120
13. used to believe 14. used to be 15. is used to travelling
Multiple choice:
1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. D
11. D 12. C 13. C 14. C 15. A
13. PHRASAL VERBS

1. D. 2. A. 3. C 4. C. 5. D. 6. B. 7. C. 8. A 9. C. 10. A.
11. B. 12. B. 13. A. 14. B. 15. A.
14. PREPOSITIONS
I. 1. in 2. on 3. at 4. about 5. with
6. from 7. before 8. of 9. until 10. between
11. with 12. After 13. by 14. into 15. at/ of
16. to/ on 17. by 18. for 19. on 20. about
II. 1. A 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. C
11. D 12. A 13. A 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. C
15.ARTICLES
I. 1. a 2. the 3. a/ a 4. a, the 5. the
6. the 7. a/ the/ the 8. the/ the 9. the 10. Æ/ the
11. the/ the 12. the/ the/ Æ 13. The/ the 14. Æ/ a 15. a/ the
16. The/ Æ 17. Æ/ the 18. The/ Æ/ Æ 19. The/ Æ/ Æ 20. The/ the/ Æ
II. 1. A 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. D 8. B 9. A 10. B
11. A 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. D 18. D 19. A 20. B
16. CONJUNCTIONS
1. D. 2. A. 3. A 4. C. 5. B. 6. D. 7. A. 8. C 9. A. 10. A.
11. A. 12. D. 13. C. 14. C. 15. A. 16. C. 17. A. 18. B. 19. B. 20. B.
21. D. 22. A. 23. D 24. B. 25. A.
17. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES

Exercise 1: Make conditional sentences
1. If she hadn't got married at such an early age, she would be at university now.
2. If she didn't work in the evening, she would/ could/ might have time to play with her
children.
3. If she wasn't/ weren't often absent from class, she could keep pace with her classmates.
4. If it wasn't/ weren't very cold, we could go swimming.
5. If you didn't drink too much coffee, you could sleep.
6. If we had a big house, we could invite friends to stay.
7. If the flats were clearly numbered, it would be very difficult to find someone.
8. I could have written to Alice if I had known her address.
9. We wouldn't have got lost if we had had a map.
10. If the farmers had had enough rain , they could have grown rice .
11. If his friends hadn't been late, they wouldn't have missed the train .
12. If you make me some coffee, I’ll give you one of my biscuits.
13. If you ask the teacher, he will explain the lesson to you.
121
14. City life would be enjoyable everything weren't/ wasn't very expensive.
15. I would have brought extra money with me if you had told me we were going to dinner
after the movie.
EXERCISE II :Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences
1. D. 2. B. 3. C 4. B. 5. C. 6. B. 7. D. 8. A 9. B. 10. A.
11. D. 12. A. 13. C. 14. D. 15. B. 16. C. 17. B. 18. D. 19. B. 20. C.
18. THE COMPARISION OF ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

Exercise 1: Choose the best answer:
1. A. 2. B. 3. B 4. A. 5. C. 6. D. 7. C. 8. B 9. A. 10. D.
11. B. 12. A. 13. B. 14. D. 15. B. 16. C. 17. D. 18. B. 19. C. 20. B.
Use the proper form of adjectives (or adverbs) in parentheses.
1/ as pretty 2/ more expensive 3/ more important
4/ the best 5/ happier 6/ the most
7/ stronger 8/ more comfortable 9/ better
10/ most delightful 11/ most careful 12/ worse
13/ better / better 14/ lazier/lazier 15/ more fluently
16/ more ill-prepared 17/ cheaper/ cheaper 18/more hardworking
19/ more interesting 20 / most ill-bred
Sample tests:
Câu/ Đề 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 C D A D D B D C D B
2 B A A B A A B B C A
3 C B B A B C A B C B
4 C C A B D D D C A C
5 B C D B A A C A D D
6 D A C B C B D A D A
7 A D B A A B A B B C
8 B B B B B A C B A B
9 B B D C C C A D B D
10 A C B B D A C B C A
11 B C D A A B B A B C
12 A B A B D D C A C D
13 A C D D A D D B D B
14 B A D B A B C A B C
15 B B C D B C C D A A
16 A A D B A A C D B D
17 B A D A D A B B C B
18 D A A A C C C A D A
19 C B D A A A B C D A
20 D D B B B C D D B B
122
21 C A B D C C A C D C
22 B D A C C D B B B D
23 A B C D A A D C C A
24 D C C B A B D A A B
25 A B C D D C A D D C
26 C D D B B A D D A D
27 C B A B C B A A C B
28 B C C B A D C C C B
29 D A B A A D A A A B
30 C C C B C B D C A D
31 C D B C D A C B C C
32 C B A D B C A B D A
33 A A C C B B D D B A
34 C B D C D B B C D D
35 D C D B A C A A C B
36 A B B A A A B D C C
37 B A D B D B C A D A
38 C B C B B D A B C B
39 A C A D A C D C B C
40 B B D C C B A C D D
Đề/Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
41 C A D B A D C A C B
42 D A A C C A D D D D
43 B D D D A A B C B D
44 A C A B C D D C B A
45 D C C C C A A B A B
46 A B D A B B A C D D
47 B C B C C C A B C B
48 C A C C B A A C A A
49 C A A A A A B C A C
50 D D B A A D C C A D
PRACTICE TEST 1
1C 2B 3C 4C 5B 6D 7A 8B 9B 10A 11B 12A 13A 14B

15B 16A 17B 18D 19C 20D 21C 22B 23A 24D 25A 26C 27C
28B 29D 30C 31C 32C 33A 34C 35D 36A 37B 38C 39A 40B 41C
42D 43B 44A 45D 46A 47B 48C 49C 50D
KEY-PRACTICE TEST 2
1D 2A 3B 4C 5C 6.A 7D 8B 9B 10.C 11C 12B 13C 14A
15B 16A. 17A 18A 19.B 20D 21A 22D 23B 24C 25B 26D 27B 28C
123
29A 30C 31D 32B 33A 34B 35C 36B 37A 38B 39C 40B 41A 42A
43D 44C 45C 46particularly 47the less 48pollute 49has cancelled 50walked
PRACTICE TEST 3
1a 2a 3b 4a 5d 6c 7b 8b 9d 10b 11d 12a 13d 14d
15c 16d 17d 18a 19d 20b 21.b 22a 23c 24c 25c 26d 27a 28c
29b 30c 31b 32a 33c 34d3 5d 36b 37d 38c 39a 40d 41d 42a.
43d 44a. 45c 46d) long 47b) was died 48c ) is 49a) went out. 50bso that
PRACTICE TEST 4
1D 2B 3A 4B 5.B 6.B 7A 8B 9C. 10.B 11.A. 12.B 13D 14B
15D 16B 17A 18A 19A 20B 21.D 22C 23.D 24B 25D .26B. 27.B 28B
29A 30B 31C 32.D 33C 34C 35B 36to write A 37many knowledge B
38drinkingB 39to go outD 40don’t send C 41B 42C 43D 44B 45C
46.A 47.C 48. C 49A 50A
PRACTICE TEST 5
1.D 2A 3.B 4D 5.A. 6C 7A 8.B 9C 10D 11A 12.D 13A .14.A
15B. 16A. 17.D 18C 19A 20.B 21C 22.C 23A 24A 25D 26B 27.C 28A
29A .30C 31 D 32B 33B 34.D 35A 36.A 37D 38B .39.A 40.C.
41. In spite of A 42informC 43. has disappeared A 44beingC 45whichC
46B. 47C 48B 49A. 50A
PRACTICE TEST 6
1B 2A 3C 4D 5/A 6/B 7B 8A 9C 10A 11B 12D 13D 14B
15C 16A 17A 18C 19A 20C 21C 22D 23A 24B 25C 26A 27B 28:D
29D 30B 31:A 32C 33B 34B 35C 36A 37B 38D 39C 40B 41D 42A
43A 44D 45A. 46disease 47educate 48are 49interested 50catch with up
PRACTICE TEST 7
1. D 2.B 3. A 4.D 5.C 6. D 7. A 8. C
9. A 10. C 11.B 12. C 13. D 14. C 15. C 16. C.
17.B 18. C 19. B 20.D 21. A 22. B 23. D
24. D 25. A 26. D 27. A 28. C 29.A 30. D.
31. C 32. A 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. B 37.C
38. A 39. D 40. A 41. C 42. D 43. B 44. D
45. A 46. A 47. A 48. A 49. B 50. C.
PRACTICE TEST 8
1c 2b 3b 4c 5a 6a 7b 8b 9d 10b 11a 12a 13b 14a
15d 16d 17b 18a 19c 20d 21c 22b 23c 24a 25D 26D 27.A 28C
29A 30C 31B 32B 33D 34C 35A 36D 37A 38B 39C 40C 41A 43D
43C 44C 45B 46should change 47drinking 48where 49sang 50enough
124
PRACTICE TEST 9
1D 2C. 3.C 4.A 5D 6D 7B 8.A 9B 10C 11B 12C 13D 14B
15A 16B 17C 18D 19D 20B 21D 22B 23.C 24A 25.D 26A 27C 28C .
29A 30A 31C 32D 33B 34D 35C 36C 37D 38C 39B 40 D 41C 42D
43B 44B. 45A. 46D 47.C 48A 49A 50A
PRACTICE TEST 10
1B 2A 3B 4C 5D 6A 7C 8B 9D 10A 11C 12D 13B 14C
15A 16D 17B 18A 19A 20B 21C 22D 23A 24B 25C 26D 27B 28B
29B 30D 31C 32A 33A 34D 35B 36C 37A 38B 39C 40D 41B 42D
43D 44A 45B 46D 47:B 48A 49: C 50:D
11. ĐỀ THI TN-2009

1A 2C 3C 4B 5B 6B 7A 8D 9C 10D 11A 12C 13C 14A

15B 16B 17B 18D 19A 20A 21B 22A 23C 24D 25D 26A 27B 28A
29B 30D 31B 32D 33D 34C 35C 36A 37C 38A 39C 40C 41D 42C
43D 44D 45C 46C 47B 48A 49B 50D
12. ĐỀ THI TN-2010

Mã đề thi 139
1C 2B 3D 4B 5D 6A 7A 8C 9D 10C 11D 12D 13C 14A
15B 16D 17A 18C 19B 20A 21C 22A 23D 24B 25D 26B 27A 28C
29B 30C 31C 32B 33A 34B 35C 36A 37B 38A 39C 40A 41C 42B
43C 44D 45D 46D 47B 48D 49C 50A
125

Tài liệu ôn thi tiến Anh

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tài liệu ôn thi tiến Anh

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

MÔN TIẾNG ANH

Cách sử dụng tài liệu:

II. Đáp án (KEYS):

Sample tests (Các đề mẫu tham khảo) 121

1. “-ed ” pronounced as / id /: sau / t, d / : Thường sau chữ t, d : .Ex: wanted; decided

BÀI TẬP VỀ CÁC NGUYÊN ÂM VÀ CÁC PHỤ ÂM KHÁC:

2. STRESS - Một số quy tắc cơ bản để nhận biết trọng âm:

3/ Một từ hai vần vừa là động từ vừa là danh từ thì:

EXERCISES: I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.

 Để dễ nhớ, ta chia hình thức động từ loại động từ :

I. Bare infinitive : (bare) động từ nguyên mẫu khơng to

1. Sau modal verbs ( động từ khiếm khuyết )

1. advise : khuyên 23. require : yêu cầu

III. Gerund : Danh động từ:

1. Làm chủ ngữ  V(sing)  ( real subject & informal subject ).

IV. Past participle : quá khứ phân từ – VoED/V3

V. Present participle ( Vo + ing) hiện tại phân từ.

+Vo – ing ® chỉ quá khứ

4. Try to infinitive : cố gắng

II. Multiple choices

II. CÁCH ĐỔI ACTIVE VOICE SANG PASSIVE VOICE:

Passive sentence: Subject + BE + V3 / VoED (động từ chính) + by Obj

III. NHỮNG TRƯỜNG HỢP PASSIVE VOICE ĐẶC BIỆT:

7- Need + to be + V3 / Vo ED = Need + Voing

Exercise 2: Rewrite the sentences in the passive:

RELATIVE CLAUSES & REDUCTION OF RELATIVE CLAUSES

Danh từ đứng trước Chủ ngữ Tân ngữ Sở hữu cách

1. Đại từ quan hệ (Relative Clauses)

2. Trạng từ quan hệ (Relative Adverbs)

CÓ 2 LOẠI MỆNH ĐỀ LIÊN HỆ:

I. Restrictive Relative Clauses:

EXERCISE 1 : Combine each pair of sentences, using a relative pronoun.

B. REDUCTION OF RELATIVE CLAUSES

PHƯƠNG PHÁP LÀM BÀI LOẠI RÚT GỌN:

EXERCISE 2: Use reduced relative clauses in place of the relative clauses

EXERCISE 3: CHOOSE THE BEST ANSWER:

A- MỘT SỐ CÁCH THÀNH LẬP LOẠI TỪ:

e) Adj + -y/-ity/-ness/-ism/-dom/ -ship ---> N

3) THE + ADJ ---> NOUN

II- ĐỘNG TỪ:

b) en- + N/V/Adj ---> V

III- TÍNH TỪ:

b) V/N + -ive/-able/-ible ---> Adj

IV- TRẠNG TỪ: Phần lớn: Adj + -ly ---> Adv

B- MỘT SỐ CẤU TRÚC NHẬN DIỆN LOẠI TỪ THƯỜNG GẶP:

2. danh từ chỉ sự đo lường, tuổi tác + (adj)

a. biology b. biological c. biologist

EXERCISE : Add tag questions to the following.

7. Subject and verb Agreement

Eg: Thirty pounds seems a reasonable price.

10. The vegetables in the bowl on the table ____________ fresh.

4. All of the windows in my house was broken in the earthquake.

So + many\little\much\few + Noun +that

Such + adjective + Noun + that

9.It was nice weather. We went to the zoo.

9. Phrases and clauses of purpose

Main clause + to / so as to / in order to + Verb (bare infinitive)

Main clause + not to / so as not to / in order not to + Verb (bare infinitive)

In order [ for + Object ]+ ( not ) to infinitive . ( Khác chủ ngữ )

I/ Combine the ideas using so that:

_ Vậy có gì không ổn?

Hòang tử và công chúa gặp nhau tại lâu đài.

10. WH- questions